08.06.2013 Views

wasifu wa shaykh al-islaam - Mawaidha.info

wasifu wa shaykh al-islaam - Mawaidha.info

wasifu wa shaykh al-islaam - Mawaidha.info

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

ﺣﻟا ﺣﻟا ا ﺑ<br />

WASIFU WA SHAYKH AL-ISLAAM IBN TAYMIYYAH<br />

Shaykh Al-Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah – M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni Wa<br />

Wanachuoni<br />

Mujaahid, Mufassir, Muhaddith, Faqiyh, Mujaddid (Muhuishaji<br />

Wa Diyn) ‘A<strong>al</strong>im Al-‘Allaamah, Bahari Ya Elimu, Aliyebobea<br />

Katika Elimu Zote, M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni Aliyepigana Jihaad, Baba Wa<br />

Wanachuoni, Hazina Ya Elimu Ya Nadra Kutokea, Ensaiklopidia<br />

(Encyclopaedia) Ya Aina Yake<br />

Abu ‘Abdillaah Muhammad Baa<strong>wa</strong>zir<br />

YALIYOMO<br />

SURA YA 1: UTANGULIZI ................................................................. 2<br />

SURA YA 2: MAISHA YA AWALI ..................................................... 9<br />

Kuz<strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong> K<strong>wa</strong>ke na Utotoni M<strong>wa</strong>ke ................................................ 9<br />

M<strong>al</strong>ezi yake ......................................................................................... 10<br />

Ibn Taymiyyah: Mtoto Mwenye Kipaji cha Akili ......................... 11<br />

Kipaji cha Kumbukumbu cha H<strong>al</strong>i ya Juu ..................................... 12<br />

1


SURA YA 3: MAISHA YAKE YA UCHA MUNGU ...................... 14<br />

Ibada Zake ........................................................................................... 14<br />

Zuhd Yake ........................................................................................... 19<br />

SURA YA 4: ELIMU YA KITABU CHA MAARIFA YOTE ......... 21<br />

Elimu Yake Na Kumbukumbu Nzuri Kabisa ............................... 21<br />

Al-’Aqidah Al-Wasitiyyah ................................................................... 24<br />

Mchango Wake Kwenye Fiqh Na Usuul Yake ............................... 25<br />

SURA YA 5: ELIMU ............................................................................. 27<br />

W<strong>al</strong>imu Wake ..................................................................................... 27<br />

Wanafunzi Wake ................................................................................ 29<br />

Maandiko Yake .................................................................................. 32<br />

SURA YA 6: ‘AQIYDAH, MANHAJ NA UPINZANI................... 35<br />

‘Aqiydah Na Manhaj Yake ................................................................. 35<br />

Jibu k<strong>wa</strong> W<strong>al</strong>e Wanaodai K<strong>wa</strong>mba Alikuwe ni Mwenye Elimu<br />

Ya Diyn Isiyostaarabika .................................................................... 39<br />

SURA YA 7: JIHAAD, MITIHANI NA KIFO ................................ 42<br />

Jihaad Yake ......................................................................................... 42<br />

Jihaad Yake Katika Kuamrisha Mema na Kukataza Maovu ....... 42<br />

Jihaad yake dhidi ya Wazushi na Madhehebu Potofu ................ 45<br />

Jihaada yake dhidi ya Wakiristo na Maraafidhah ........................ 47<br />

a. Al-Ja<strong>wa</strong>ab as-S<strong>wa</strong>hiyh ................................................................. 47<br />

b. Minhaaj as-Sunnah ..................................................................... 48<br />

Jihaad yake dhidi ya Matartar ......................................................... 49<br />

Mitihani na Kufung<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> Ibn Taymiyyah ................................. 53<br />

Kifo chake, Allaah Amshushie Rehema Zake juu yake ............... 54<br />

SURA YA 8: HADHI NA CHEO ....................................................... 58<br />

Muhuishaji .......................................................................................... 58<br />

Allaah Alimfanya Yeye Ku<strong>wa</strong> ni Mtu <strong>wa</strong> Juu na Mpambanuzi<br />

<strong>wa</strong> Ukweli na Uongo ......................................................................... 59<br />

Hadhi Yake Miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong> Enzi Zake ............ 61<br />

Namna Wanachuoni Wanavyomsifu ............................................. 63<br />

HITIMISHO .......................................................................................... 85<br />

MAREJEO .............................................................................................. 86<br />

Vyanzo Vikuu ..................................................................................... 86<br />

Vyanzo Vidogo ................................................................................... 88<br />

SHUKURANI<br />

2


Natoa shukurani zangu nyingi k<strong>wa</strong> kila <strong>al</strong>iyechangia kazi hii k<strong>wa</strong><br />

njia moja au nyingine.<br />

Hususan k<strong>wa</strong> ndugu yangu ‘Abdun-Naaswir Hikmany k<strong>wa</strong><br />

kuipitia na kuiweka sa<strong>wa</strong> katika Lugha ya Kis<strong>wa</strong>hili. Namuomba<br />

Allaah (Subhaanahu <strong>wa</strong> Ta’<strong>al</strong>a) Ampe jazaa ya khayr nyingi.<br />

Na shukurani k<strong>wa</strong> ndugu yangu Abu Haashim Muhammad<br />

‘Umar k<strong>wa</strong> tashji’i yake na ma<strong>wa</strong>zo yake ya kila <strong>wa</strong>kati.<br />

Kadh<strong>al</strong>ika shukurani zangu zlilozokithiri k<strong>wa</strong> Ahli yangu k<strong>wa</strong><br />

kunisaidia hadi kuikamilisha kazi hii inayomhusu M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni<br />

huyo mkub<strong>wa</strong> katika Historia ya Uislamu.<br />

Namuomba Allaah (Subhaanahu <strong>wa</strong> Ta’<strong>al</strong>a) A<strong>wa</strong>miminie wote<br />

khayr nyingi na baraka katika maisha yao na A<strong>wa</strong>ruzuku <strong>wa</strong>o na<br />

sisi Husnul-Khaatimah.<br />

SURA YA 1: UTANGULIZI<br />

Hakuna shaka yoyote k<strong>wa</strong>mba, hakika shukrani zote<br />

zinamstahikia Allaah. Tunamhimidi, tunaomba msaada K<strong>wa</strong>ke, na<br />

tunaomba maghfira. Tunaomba hifadhi k<strong>wa</strong>ke Allaah kutokana na<br />

maovu ya nafsi zetu, na makosa ya matendo yetu. Yeyote Allaah<br />

Anayemuongoza, hakuna <strong>wa</strong> kumpotosha, na yeyote Allaah<br />

Anayempotosha, hakuna <strong>wa</strong> kumuongoa. Ninashuhudia pia<br />

k<strong>wa</strong>mba hakuna yeyote anayestahiki kuabudi<strong>wa</strong> isipoku<strong>wa</strong><br />

Allaah, na ninashuhudia k<strong>wa</strong>mba Muhammad (S<strong>wa</strong>lla Allaahu<br />

‘<strong>al</strong>ayhi <strong>wa</strong> a<strong>al</strong>ihi <strong>wa</strong> s<strong>al</strong>lam) ni mjumbe na Mtume Wake.<br />

١٠٢<br />

َنُِْﻣ ُﻧَأَو ﺎﻟِإ ُﺗَُﺗ ﺎَﻟَو ِِﺗﺎَُﺗ َﺣ َـﻟا اُﺗا اَُﻣ َﻳِﻟا ﺎَﻬﻳَأ ﺎَﻳ<br />

{{Enyi mlioamini! Mcheni Allaah kama ipasavyo kumcha; <strong>wa</strong>la<br />

msife isipoku<strong>wa</strong> mmekwishaku<strong>wa</strong> Waislamu kamili.}} 1<br />

1 Al-‘Imraan: 102<br />

3


اًَِآ ﺎًﻟﺎَﺟِر ﺎَُﻬِْﻣ<br />

َﺑَو ﺎَﻬَﺟْوَز ﺎَﻬِْﻣ َََﺧَو ٍةَِﺣاَو ٍْﻧ ِّﻣ َََُﺧ يِﻟا ُُﺑَر اُﺗا ُسﺎﻟا ﺎَﻬﻳَأ ﺎَﻳ<br />

١<br />

ﺎًِﻗَر ََُْْﻋ َنﺎَآ َـﻟا نِإ ۚ َمﺎَﺣْرَﺄْﻟاَو ِِﺑ َنُﻟَءﺎََﺗ يِﻟا َـﻟا اُﺗاَو ۚ ًءﺎَِﻧَو<br />

{{Enyi <strong>wa</strong>tu! Mcheni Mola wenu Ambaye amekuumbeni katika<br />

nafsi (asli) moja. Na Akamuumba mkewe katika nafsi ile ile. Na<br />

Akaeneza <strong>wa</strong>naume wengi na <strong>wa</strong>na<strong>wa</strong>ke kutoka katika <strong>wa</strong>wili<br />

hao. Na mcheni Allaah ambaye k<strong>wa</strong>ye mnaombana. Na<br />

(m<strong>wa</strong>tazame) jamaa. Hakika Allaah ni Mlinzi juu yenu (anayaona<br />

kila mnayoyafanya).}} 2<br />

َﻣَو ۗ َُْﺑُﻧُذ َُْﻟ ِْْﻐَﻳَو َُْﻟﺎَْﻋَأ َُْﻟ ُِْْﻳ ٧٠<br />

اًﻳَِﺳ ﺎًﻟَْﻗ اُﻟُﻗَو َـﻟا اُﺗا اَُﻣ َﻳِﻟا ﺎَﻬﻳَأ ﺎَﻳ<br />

٧١<br />

ﺎًَِﻋ اًزَْﻓ َزﺎَﻓ ََْﻓ َُﻟُﺳَرَو َـﻟا ِﻊُِﻳ<br />

{{Enyi mlioamini! Muogopeni Allaah na semeni maneno ya haki.<br />

Atakutengenezeeni vizuri vitendo vyenu na Atakusameheni<br />

madhambi yenu; na anayemtii Allaah na Mtume Wake, bila shaka<br />

amefaniki<strong>wa</strong> mafanikio makub<strong>wa</strong>.}} 3<br />

K<strong>wa</strong> hakika, maneno bora ya kweli ni Maneno ya Allaah, na<br />

uongofu bora ni uongofu <strong>wa</strong> Muhammad (S<strong>wa</strong>lla Allaahu ‘<strong>al</strong>ayhi<br />

<strong>wa</strong> a<strong>al</strong>ihi <strong>wa</strong> s<strong>al</strong>lam). Mambo maovu kabisa ni y<strong>al</strong>e ya kuzusha, na<br />

k<strong>wa</strong> kila jambo jipya lilitoanzish<strong>wa</strong> ni uzushi, na k<strong>wa</strong> kila uzushi<br />

ni upotofu, na upotofu unapelekea kuingia Motoni.<br />

Mtume (S<strong>wa</strong>lla Allaahu ‘<strong>al</strong>ayhi <strong>wa</strong> a<strong>al</strong>ihi <strong>wa</strong> s<strong>al</strong>lam) amesema:<br />

“K<strong>wa</strong> hakika, Wanachuoni ni <strong>wa</strong>rithi <strong>wa</strong> Mitume, na Mitume<br />

ha<strong>wa</strong>kuacha nyuma dinar <strong>wa</strong>la dirham kurithi<strong>wa</strong>. Isipoku<strong>wa</strong>,<br />

<strong>wa</strong>meacha nyuma elimu ili kuweza kurithi<strong>wa</strong>, na yeyote<br />

anayechukua kutoka humo amepata manufaa makub<strong>wa</strong> mno.” 4<br />

“Ilmu hii (Diyn) itabeb<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>wa</strong>tu wenye kuaminika katika kila<br />

kizazi. Wakizikana tahriyf (madai ya kizushi) ya <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>naovuka<br />

2 An-Nisaa: 1<br />

3 Al-Ahzaab: 70-71<br />

4 Kipande cha sehemu refu ya Hadiyth iliyosimuli<strong>wa</strong> na Abu Daawuud (3641<br />

& 3642), at-Tirmidhiy (2682), Ibn Maajah (223), na Ibn Hibbaan (88), na <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Albaaniy akaithibitisha k<strong>wa</strong>mba ni sahihi ndani ya kitabu chake cha Sahihy<br />

at-Targhiyb <strong>wa</strong>-Tarhiyb (70).<br />

4


mipaka, madai ya uongo ya <strong>wa</strong>ongo, na ta’wiy (tafsiri za kiongo)<br />

za <strong>wa</strong>jinga.” 5<br />

“Allaah atamuinua katika jamii hii mwishoni m<strong>wa</strong> kila miaka mia<br />

moja mtu ambaye ataihuisha Diyn yake.” 6<br />

Historia ya Uislamu inasimama kama ni shahidi <strong>wa</strong> Wanachuoni<br />

wengi <strong>wa</strong>kub<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kub<strong>wa</strong>, <strong>wa</strong>tengenezaji na <strong>wa</strong>itaji <strong>wa</strong> njia ya<br />

Allaah; <strong>wa</strong>le ambao <strong>wa</strong>mefuata nyayo za S<strong>al</strong>afus-S<strong>wa</strong><strong>al</strong>ih (<strong>wa</strong>cha<br />

Mungu <strong>wa</strong> k<strong>al</strong>e) katika iymaan na matendo, katika kumuitikia<br />

Allaah na kuweka vipaumbele kwenye maisha; katika ushujaa na<br />

ujasiri, katika hatari na jitihada na katika kujitoa muhanga <strong>wa</strong><br />

maisha yao yote k<strong>wa</strong> moyo wote k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya shughuli ambazo ni<br />

faida k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya siku ya Qiyaamah. Miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> wenye sifa hizi<br />

bora na <strong>wa</strong>lio juu ni <strong>al</strong>-Allaamah, <strong>al</strong>-Imaam, Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islam<br />

Taqiyud-Diyn Ahamd Ibn Taymiyyah – ambaye kumbukumbu za<br />

maisha yake zinaweza kufikia kurasa nyingi za historia ya<br />

Kiislamu ziki<strong>wa</strong> na mafanikio ya milele na hamasa zisizo na<br />

mpaka.<br />

Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni mkub<strong>wa</strong> ambaye<br />

<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> mweledi kwenye nyanja nyingi za elimu ya Kiislamu na<br />

<strong>al</strong>iyeishi ndani ya kipindi kiovu cha kisiasa, kijamii na kidini.<br />

Ndani ya kipindi chake, taifa la Waislamu lilikabiliana na vitisho<br />

vingi; vikiwemo vya ndani na nje – vitisho vilivyo vibaya zaidi ni:<br />

• Uvamizi <strong>wa</strong> jeshi la ms<strong>al</strong>aba kutoka magharibi.<br />

• Uhaini <strong>wa</strong> F<strong>wa</strong>atimiyah katika kusahibiana na jeshi la ms<strong>al</strong>aba<br />

dhidi ya taifa la Kiislamu.<br />

• Unyanyasaji <strong>wa</strong> Tartar kutoka mashariki, na mauaji yao na<br />

ufisadi usio na hisia yoyote.<br />

• Ufisadi <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>f<strong>al</strong>me na <strong>wa</strong>ta<strong>wa</strong>la, na kujiweka mb<strong>al</strong>i k<strong>wa</strong>o na<br />

Uislamu.<br />

• Ueneaji <strong>wa</strong> upofu katika kufuata Madh-hab uliosababisha<br />

uga<strong>wa</strong>ji <strong>wa</strong> matabaka makub<strong>wa</strong>.<br />

5 Imesimuli<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>al</strong>-Bayhaqiy na kusahihish<strong>wa</strong> na Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Albaaniy ndani<br />

ya Mishkaati, namba 248.<br />

6 Abu Dawuud (3/4278), <strong>al</strong>-Haakim, at-Tabaraniy ndani ya <strong>al</strong>-Awsatw.<br />

Imesahihish<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>al</strong>-Albaaniy ndani ya as-S<strong>wa</strong>hiyhah (2/150)]<br />

5


• Ueneaji <strong>wa</strong> imani za kishirikina na kitizamo miongoni m<strong>wa</strong><br />

Waislamu uliotokana na jitihada za <strong>wa</strong>zushi na<br />

<strong>wa</strong>naojinufaisha nafsi zao kutoka miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> Mashia<br />

Maraafidhah, Masufi na Mabaatini.<br />

Iliku<strong>wa</strong> ndani ya kipindi hichi cha mashaka mengi ambapo Allaah<br />

<strong>al</strong>impeleka Ibn Taymiyyah (Allaah Amrehemu) kusuguana na<br />

changamoto hizi na k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya kuihami Diyn safi dhidi ya<br />

mawimbi makub<strong>wa</strong> ya makosa yasiyoeleweka, ukafiri, uzushi na<br />

mafundisho yasiyopatikana ndani ya Diyn.<br />

Jumuiya nyingi zinazotaka mabadiliko na <strong>wa</strong>le wenye fikra njema<br />

<strong>wa</strong>liathiri<strong>wa</strong> na Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah, na<br />

<strong>wa</strong>limshukuru na k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zi <strong>wa</strong>zi <strong>wa</strong>lieleza hisia zao za shukrani<br />

k<strong>wa</strong> kazi zake. Wengi <strong>wa</strong>o k<strong>wa</strong> namna moja ama nyengine<br />

<strong>wa</strong>mechangia elimu zao au misimamo ya mienendo yao k<strong>wa</strong> hoja<br />

za mabadiliko zilizotole<strong>wa</strong> na Ibn Taymiyyah. Hata hivyo,<br />

ha<strong>wa</strong>wezi ku<strong>wa</strong> sahihi kudai k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> sa<strong>wa</strong> sa<strong>wa</strong> na<br />

Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam k<strong>wa</strong> sababu hata k<strong>wa</strong>mba, mienendo hii ama<br />

<strong>wa</strong>fikiriaji ha<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>taona sababu ya msingi pamoja na Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Islaam ndani ya baadhi ya mwenendo <strong>wa</strong> maisha na tabia zake,<br />

<strong>wa</strong>taenda nae kinyume katika njia zake za msingi.<br />

Lengo la Da’<strong>wa</strong>h na jitihada za Ibn Taymiyyah lilielekez<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong><br />

kuanzisha Tawhiyd na kukana ibada yoyote isiyoku<strong>wa</strong> ya Allaah.<br />

Inga<strong>wa</strong> <strong>al</strong>iandika k<strong>wa</strong> mapana kwenye mada kub<strong>wa</strong> mb<strong>al</strong>i mb<strong>al</strong>i,<br />

zote hizi ziliku<strong>wa</strong> ni ndogo tu katika kuanzisha ibada ya Allaah.<br />

Hivyo, jumuiya za kisiasa za leo ambazo zinafanya k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />

uanzish<strong>wa</strong>ji <strong>wa</strong> dhana ya ‘Taifa la Kiislamu’ kama k<strong>wa</strong>mba ndio<br />

fanikio lao kuu, h<strong>al</strong>i ya ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>naamini k<strong>wa</strong>mba wito <strong>wa</strong><br />

kuanzisha ibada safi k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya Allaah ku<strong>wa</strong> ni kik<strong>wa</strong>zo,<br />

ha<strong>wa</strong>wezi abadan ku<strong>wa</strong> na usuluba <strong>wa</strong> mwenendo <strong>wa</strong> Ibn<br />

Taymiyyah.<br />

6


Ibn Taymiyyah k<strong>wa</strong> hakika <strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong>ita <strong>wa</strong>tu k<strong>wa</strong> u<strong>wa</strong>zi katika<br />

kupitia nafasi za Madhahibu mb<strong>al</strong>i mb<strong>al</strong>i na usahihi <strong>wa</strong><br />

kutegemea Ijtihaad inapohitaji<strong>wa</strong>. Hili liliku<strong>wa</strong> na lengo k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />

ufuataji upofu <strong>wa</strong> Madhahibu hautaku<strong>wa</strong> ndio kik<strong>wa</strong>zo cha<br />

kurejea nyuma katika h<strong>al</strong>i ya a<strong>wa</strong>li na ufuataji ambao utaku<strong>wa</strong><br />

karibu na ushahidi. Da’<strong>wa</strong>h yake ilipigana kurejea nyuma katika<br />

elimu ya S<strong>al</strong>af, Waislamu <strong>wa</strong>ongofu siku ambazo Uislamu uliku<strong>wa</strong><br />

huru na ushirikina na uzushi.<br />

I<strong>wa</strong>po mfikiriaji mpya <strong>wa</strong> enzi za leo ataona sababu kuu za Ibn<br />

Taymiyyah kukana maamuzi ya upofu dhidi ya Madhehebu mb<strong>al</strong>i<br />

mb<strong>al</strong>i, lakini tu akaamua kulirudisha hili k<strong>wa</strong> kitu kiovu zaidi<br />

kama vile tafsiri zake binafsi au dhana za kisasa au mfano <strong>wa</strong> hizo;<br />

basi hataweza kudai usuluba katika mwenendo <strong>wa</strong> Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah ambaye wito <strong>wa</strong>ke mkuu uliku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />

ku<strong>wa</strong>rudisha <strong>wa</strong>tu nyuma kuele<strong>wa</strong> (misimamo ya) S<strong>al</strong>af.<br />

Vivyo hivyo, Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam <strong>al</strong>ifuata njia ya S<strong>al</strong>af katika<br />

ku<strong>wa</strong>lingania viongozi Waislamu hata kama ni <strong>wa</strong>tendaji dhambi.<br />

P<strong>al</strong>e Wa-Tartar <strong>wa</strong>lipovamia Shaam, 7 Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong>ita<br />

<strong>wa</strong>ta<strong>wa</strong>la <strong>wa</strong> enzi zake na Waislamu k<strong>wa</strong> ujumla kusimama dhidi<br />

ya tukio hilo na kupigana nao. Inga<strong>wa</strong> hata hivyo Wa-Tartar ki-nje<br />

nje <strong>wa</strong>litamka Shahaadah, Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong>tambua kama ni<br />

<strong>wa</strong>sioamini k<strong>wa</strong> sababu ya ufuataji <strong>wa</strong>o <strong>wa</strong> moja k<strong>wa</strong> moja<br />

kwenye sheria za Genghis Khan <strong>al</strong>-Yasiq, na pia kutoipa thamani<br />

k<strong>wa</strong> vyote – Shari’ah na heshima ya maisha ya Kiislamu.<br />

I<strong>wa</strong>po mtu hivi leo ataunganisha miambaano (mapengo) baina ya<br />

Wa-Tartar na baadhi ya <strong>wa</strong>ta<strong>wa</strong>la Waislamu <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong> leo bila<br />

ya kutilia maanani sababu kuu, masharti na kutenda matendo<br />

ambayo yanasababisha ufisadi ndani ya ardhi na kum<strong>wa</strong>gika<br />

damu; basi mtu huyo anatenda kinyume na mafundisho ya<br />

7 Jina la k<strong>al</strong>e lin<strong>al</strong>o<strong>wa</strong>kilisha maeneo ya Syria, Jordan, P<strong>al</strong>estina na Lebanon.<br />

7


Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam <strong>wa</strong>la hawezi kujifakharisha mwenendo <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />

katika njia ya Ibn Taymiyyah.<br />

Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam <strong>al</strong>iisimamisha bendera ya imani na elimu ya<br />

Ahlus-Sunnah ndani ya maisha yake, kipindi ambacho ndani yake<br />

kiliku<strong>wa</strong> kimejaa uzushi, upotofu, ufisadi uliotapakaa na bado<br />

<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na hamasa. Jitihada zake mbele ya uso <strong>wa</strong> mashaka,<br />

msimamo <strong>wa</strong>ke mbele ya ukweli, subra zake chini ya mitihani na<br />

matumaini yake k<strong>wa</strong> mwisho mwema; kuna mafunzo mengi<br />

ndani yake k<strong>wa</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nafunzi <strong>wa</strong> maarifa (jurisprudence) na<br />

mlinganiaji katika njia ya Allaah.<br />

8


SURA YA 2: MAISHA YA AWALI<br />

Kuz<strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong> K<strong>wa</strong>ke Na Utotoni M<strong>wa</strong>ke<br />

Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam, Taqiyud-Diyn Abu <strong>al</strong>-‘Abbaas Ahmad bin<br />

Shihaab ad-Diyn Abu <strong>al</strong>-Mahaasin ‘Abdul-H<strong>al</strong>iym bin Majdud-<br />

Diyn Abi <strong>al</strong>-Barakaat ‘Abdus-S<strong>al</strong>aam bin ‘Abdillaah bin Abi <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Qaasim Muhammad bin <strong>al</strong>-Khidr bin Muhammad bin <strong>al</strong>-Khidr bin<br />

‘Aliyy bin ‘Abdillaah bin Taymiyyah, <strong>al</strong>iz<strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong> mnamo siku ya<br />

Jumatatu ya mwezi 10 ya Rabi’ <strong>al</strong>-Aw<strong>wa</strong>l m<strong>wa</strong>ka 661 Hijriyyah<br />

sa<strong>wa</strong> na tarehe 22/January/1263 C.E sehemu za Harraan 8 kwenye<br />

familia maarufu ya <strong>wa</strong>chunguzi <strong>wa</strong> elimu ya tabia na sifa za<br />

Mungu na dini (theologicans). Babu yake, ait<strong>wa</strong>ye Abu <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Barakaat Majdud-Diyn Ibn Taymiyyah (amefariki m<strong>wa</strong>ka 653<br />

A.H/1255 C.E.) <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni m<strong>wa</strong>limu maarufu <strong>wa</strong> madhehebu ya<br />

Kihanb<strong>al</strong>i na mwenendo <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> Muntaqa <strong>al</strong>-Akhbaar (yaani<br />

uchaguzi <strong>wa</strong> misemo ya Kitume) ambao unazipa sifa Ahaadiyth<br />

ambazo zimeegemez<strong>wa</strong> na Shari’ah za Kiislamu, hadi hii leo<br />

unatambulika k<strong>wa</strong>mba ni kazi muhimu mno. Vivyo hiyo,<br />

mafanikio ya kiuanachuoni ya baba <strong>wa</strong> Ibn Taymiyyah,<br />

Shihaabud-Diyn ‘Abdul-H<strong>al</strong>iy Ibn Taymiyyah (amefariki m<strong>wa</strong>ka<br />

682 A.H./1284 C.E.) y<strong>al</strong>ienea k<strong>wa</strong> mapana.<br />

Huu uliku<strong>wa</strong> ni <strong>wa</strong>kati ambapo magenge ya Wa-Tartar chini ya<br />

Hulagu Khaan <strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kisumbua ulimwengu <strong>wa</strong> Uislamu<br />

k<strong>wa</strong> mateso yao maovu yanayoendelea katika uuaji. Ibn<br />

Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na umri <strong>wa</strong> miaka saba p<strong>al</strong>e Wa-Tartar<br />

<strong>wa</strong>lipoanzisha mavamio yao hapo Harraan. Hapo hapo, <strong>wa</strong>kaazi<br />

<strong>wa</strong>liiacha Harraan k<strong>wa</strong> kutafuta makaazi sehemu nyengine.<br />

Familia ya Ibn Taymiyyah ilielekea Damascus mnamo m<strong>wa</strong>ka 667<br />

A.H./1268 C.E; ambayo kipindi hicho ilita<strong>wa</strong>li<strong>wa</strong> na Mamluki <strong>wa</strong><br />

8 Imepakana na mpaka <strong>wa</strong> baina ya Syria ya leo, Uturuki na Iraaq (ambayo<br />

sasa ni sehemu ya Uturuki ya kusini-mashariki).<br />

9


Misri. Iliku<strong>wa</strong> ni hapa ambapo baba yake <strong>al</strong>ikhutubia kutoka<br />

membari ya msikiti <strong>wa</strong> Umayyad na <strong>al</strong>i<strong>al</strong>ik<strong>wa</strong> kusomesha Hadiyth<br />

ndani ya msikiti (huo) na pia kwenye Daarul-Hadiyth<br />

‘Assaakuriyyah hapo Damascus. Mihadhara hii ilihudhuri<strong>wa</strong> na<br />

<strong>wa</strong>nafunzi <strong>wa</strong>lio na idadi kub<strong>wa</strong> na h<strong>al</strong>ikadh<strong>al</strong>ika k<strong>wa</strong><br />

Wanachuoni. Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>ifuata nyayo za baba yake ambaye<br />

<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni <strong>wa</strong> masomo ya Kiislamu k<strong>wa</strong> kujifunza<br />

kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong>kub<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati huo, ambao<br />

miongoni m<strong>wa</strong>o <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni m<strong>wa</strong>namke <strong>al</strong>iyeit<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> jina la<br />

Zaynab bint Makkiy akimfundisha (somo la) Hadiyth.<br />

M<strong>al</strong>ezi yake<br />

Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam, Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>ilele<strong>wa</strong>, kuthamini<strong>wa</strong> na<br />

kusimami<strong>wa</strong> na baba yake. Alipata elimu kutoka k<strong>wa</strong>ke na<br />

Ma<strong>shaykh</strong> wengine <strong>wa</strong> enzi zake. Hakujifunga tu mwenyewe na<br />

elimu ya <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>naomzunguka, lakini <strong>al</strong>itilia mkazo kwenye kazi<br />

za Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong>liokuwepo kabla ya <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong> njia ya<br />

kuchunguza na kuhifadhi. Aliku<strong>wa</strong> na kipaji cha akili na hodari<br />

<strong>wa</strong> kukamata elimu. 9 Umakini <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> muda kutoka umri <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />

<strong>wa</strong> a<strong>wa</strong>li, 10 ambao ulimsaidia kumuongoza maisha yake yote<br />

y<strong>al</strong>iyobakia kujaz<strong>wa</strong> na matendo ya jihad, u<strong>al</strong>imu, uamrishaji<br />

mema, ukatazaji maovu, uandishi <strong>wa</strong> vitabu na barua na kukana<br />

<strong>wa</strong>pinzani. Upana na nguvu za athari zake na hoja zake<br />

(zilimuathiri) Myahudi kuukub<strong>al</strong>i Uislamu mikonini m<strong>wa</strong>ke h<strong>al</strong>i<br />

ya ku<strong>wa</strong> aki<strong>wa</strong> ni kijana mdogo.<br />

Alianza kutoa fat<strong>wa</strong> aki<strong>wa</strong> na umri <strong>wa</strong> miaka kumi na tisa 11 na<br />

kuanza kusomesha ndani ya Daar <strong>al</strong> Hadiyth as-Sukriyyah aki<strong>wa</strong> na<br />

9 Al-'Uquud ad-Durnyyah, uk. 4, na <strong>al</strong>-Ka<strong>wa</strong>akib ad-Durriyyah Fee Manaaqib <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Mujtahid Ibn Taymiyyah cha <strong>al</strong>-Karmee <strong>al</strong>-Hanb<strong>al</strong>ee, uk.80.<br />

10 Ar-Radd <strong>al</strong>-Waafir '<strong>al</strong>aa man za'ama bi anna man sammaa Ibn Taymiyyah<br />

Shaykhul- Islaam Kaafir cha Ibn Naasir ad-Diyn ad-Dimashqiy, uk. 218, na<br />

A'yaan <strong>al</strong>-'Asr 'an Shaykhul-lslaam Ibn Taymiyyah, Siyratuh <strong>wa</strong> Akhbaaruh 'inda<br />

<strong>al</strong>-Mu'arrikhiyn cha <strong>al</strong>-Munajjid, uk. 49.<br />

11 Sharafud-Diyn <strong>al</strong>-Maqdasiy (amefariki m<strong>wa</strong>ka 694H) amempa ruhusa ya<br />

kutoa hukumu za kisheria. Baadaye akatumia nafasi hii kujisifia, akisema<br />

“Nimempatia mimi ruhusua ya kutoa hukumu za kisheria.” Al-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong>n-<br />

Nihaayah cha Ibn Kathiyr, 13/341, na <strong>al</strong>-'Uquud ad-Durriyyah, uk. 4.<br />

10


umri <strong>wa</strong> miaka takriban 22 ya umri <strong>wa</strong>ke. 12 Vyanzo vikuu vya<br />

elimu zilizunguka kwenye masu<strong>al</strong>a ya sayansi kama vile: Tafsiyr;<br />

Sayansi ya Qur-aan; Sunnah; Vitabu sita; Musnad Imaam Ahmad;<br />

Sunan ad-Daarimiy; Mu’jam a-Tabaraaniy; Sayansi ya Hadiyth na<br />

<strong>wa</strong>simuliaji; Fiqh na Usuul yake; Usuul ad-Diyn na viga<strong>wa</strong>nyo<br />

vyake; lugha; maandiko; hesabati; historia na mada nyengine<br />

kama vile elimu ya nyota, utabibu na ufundi. Ushahidi <strong>wa</strong> haya<br />

unapatikana k<strong>wa</strong> kuzisoma kazi zake ambazo baadaye<br />

<strong>al</strong>iziandika; mada yoyote <strong>al</strong>iyoichunguza na kuiandika inamuacha<br />

msomaji kufikiria k<strong>wa</strong>mba Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni mweledi<br />

ndani ya nyanja hiyo.<br />

Ibn Taymiyyah: Mtoto Mwenye Kipaji cha Akili<br />

Siku moja, baba yake na familia yake <strong>wa</strong>lim<strong>wa</strong>mbia ajiunge nao<br />

kwenda mapumzikoni (picnic) lakini ghafla akatokemea<br />

asionekane <strong>al</strong>ipokwendea, hivyo ilibidi <strong>wa</strong>ende bila yake yeye.<br />

W<strong>al</strong>iporejea mwishoni m<strong>wa</strong> siku hiyo, <strong>wa</strong>limlaumu k<strong>wa</strong> kutoenda<br />

pamoja nao. Akasema, akiashiria kitabu kwenye mkono <strong>wa</strong>ke:<br />

“Hamujafaidika chochote kutokana na safari yenu, isipoku<strong>wa</strong><br />

mimi nimehifadhi kitabu chote hichi kipindi mulipoondoka.”<br />

Alitambulikana k<strong>wa</strong> sura yake, kipaji chake cha kuhifadhi mambo<br />

na uhodari <strong>wa</strong>ke ambao uli<strong>wa</strong>shangaza <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> Damascus na<br />

ku<strong>wa</strong>fanya kumstaajabia zaidi na zaidi. Inga<strong>wa</strong> <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />

mdogo, umaarufu <strong>wa</strong>ke ulifikia maeneo ya jirani. Mara moja,<br />

mmoja <strong>wa</strong> Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong> H<strong>al</strong>ab <strong>al</strong>imtembelea Damascus.<br />

Wanachuoni na <strong>wa</strong>tu maarufu <strong>wa</strong> mji huo <strong>wa</strong>likwenda kumlaki.<br />

Ali<strong>wa</strong>ambia: “Nimesikia katika baadhi ya vitongoji k<strong>wa</strong>mba kuna<br />

mtoto ambaye ni mwepesi <strong>wa</strong> kuhifadhi kila kitu. Nimekuja hapa<br />

ili kumuona.”<br />

Wakamuongoza huyo mtu kwenda skuli ndogo ambayo mtoto<br />

huyo akienda kuhifadhi Qur-aan. M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni <strong>wa</strong> ki H<strong>al</strong>abi<br />

akakaa k<strong>wa</strong> muda hadi huyo mtoto akapita na bao lake kub<strong>wa</strong><br />

mkononi. M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni huyo akamwita, hivyo akaenda k<strong>wa</strong>ke.<br />

12 Al-'Uquud ad-Durriyyah, uk. 5; <strong>al</strong>-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong>n-Nihaayah, 13/303; ar-Radd <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Waafir, uk. 146 na adh-Dhayl '<strong>al</strong>aa Tabaqaat <strong>al</strong>-Hanaabilah cha Ibn Rajab, 2/388.<br />

11


M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni ak<strong>al</strong>ichukua bao kutoka k<strong>wa</strong>ke na kum<strong>wa</strong>mbia:<br />

“Kaa hapa ewe kijana, na nitakuhadithia baadhi ya simulizi za<br />

Mtume ili uandike.” Akamsimulia baadhi yake, kisha<br />

akam<strong>wa</strong>mbia azisome.<br />

Kijana akaanza kuzisoma kutoka baoni. Kisha Shaykh<br />

akam<strong>wa</strong>mbia: “Acha nikusikilize kutoka k<strong>wa</strong>ko.” Akaanza<br />

kuzirudia simulizi hizo kutoka kich<strong>wa</strong>ni m<strong>wa</strong>ke namna sa<strong>wa</strong><br />

sa<strong>wa</strong> kama vile anasoma kutoka kwenye bao. M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni<br />

akam<strong>wa</strong>mbia: “Futa hii, ewe kijana.” Akanukuu simulizi zaidi za<br />

Mtume na kum<strong>wa</strong>mbia azirudie. Kijana akafanya vile vile kama<br />

m<strong>wa</strong>nzo; akazisoma kutoka baoni na kutoka kich<strong>wa</strong>ni m<strong>wa</strong>ke.<br />

M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni akasimama na kusema: “I<strong>wa</strong>po kijana huyu ataishi<br />

zaidi, ataku<strong>wa</strong> na hadhi kub<strong>wa</strong> [ku<strong>wa</strong> ni M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni mkub<strong>wa</strong>].<br />

Hatujapatapo kuona mtu kama huyu hapo kabla.” 13<br />

Kipaji cha Kumbukumbu cha H<strong>al</strong>i ya Juu<br />

Imaam Al-Bazzaar 14 <strong>al</strong>isema: “Rafiki mmoja <strong>al</strong>iyeku<strong>wa</strong> muaminifu<br />

akimju<strong>wa</strong> <strong>al</strong>iniambia k<strong>wa</strong>mba p<strong>al</strong>e Shaykh (Rahimahu Allaahu)<br />

aki<strong>wa</strong> yung<strong>al</strong>i katikati ya umri <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> ujana na akitembea<br />

kwenda maktaba, hu<strong>wa</strong> anasimamish<strong>wa</strong> njiani m<strong>wa</strong>ke na Yahudi<br />

mmoja <strong>al</strong>iyeku<strong>wa</strong> akiishi pembezoni m<strong>wa</strong> barabara ikielekea<br />

maktaba. Yahudi huyo hu<strong>wa</strong> anamuuliza masu<strong>al</strong>a ya mambo<br />

tofauti, na hu<strong>wa</strong> na uhakika <strong>wa</strong> masu<strong>al</strong>a yake (kujibi<strong>wa</strong> vyema)<br />

kutokana na uhodari na ushupavu <strong>wa</strong> akili ya Ibn Taymiyyah. Ibn<br />

Taymiyyah humjibu harakaharaka hadi k<strong>wa</strong>mba Yahudi hu<strong>wa</strong> na<br />

shauku naye. Mwishowe, pindipo Ibn Taymiyyah akimpita yeye,<br />

basi humpatia vipande vya taarifa ambazo zinahakikisha uongo<br />

ambao upo dhidi yake (huyo Yahudi). Hili liliendelea hadi<br />

akaukub<strong>al</strong>i Uislamu na aka<strong>wa</strong> ni Muislamu mwenye kuufuata<br />

Uislamu k<strong>wa</strong> ukamilifu, na hili ni kutokana na Baraka ambayo<br />

Shaykh aki<strong>wa</strong> nayo inga<strong>wa</strong> ni <strong>wa</strong> umri <strong>wa</strong> ujana.<br />

13 Imechukuli<strong>wa</strong> kutoka<br />

http://english.islamweb.net/ver2/MainPage/indexe.php<br />

14 Abu Hafs ‘Umar bin ‘Aliy <strong>al</strong>-Bazzaar ambaye <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni rafiki yake binafsi<br />

na s<strong>wa</strong>hiba <strong>wa</strong>ke, ameandika maisha yake marefu na ya m<strong>wa</strong>nzo kuhusu Ibn<br />

Taymiyyah katika kitabu kiit<strong>wa</strong>cho ‘<strong>al</strong>-A’lam <strong>al</strong>-’Aliyyah fi Manaqib Ibn<br />

Taymiyyah,’<br />

12


Na tokea kuingia kwenye ujana, <strong>al</strong>iutumikia muda <strong>wa</strong>ke wote<br />

akishughulika na jitihada na utendaji, na akiihifadhi Qur-aan yote<br />

kama ni kijana, na kuendelea k<strong>wa</strong> kusoma na kuhifadhi Hadiyth,<br />

Fiqh, na lugha ya Kiarabu hadi aka<strong>wa</strong> mweledi <strong>wa</strong> masomo yote<br />

hayo. Hili liliku<strong>wa</strong> linaenda sambamba na umakini <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> h<strong>al</strong>i<br />

ya juu katika kuhudhuria darsa za duara za elimu na kusikiliza<br />

simulizi za Hadiyth na athar. Amesikia vitabu vingi kutoka k<strong>wa</strong><br />

Wanachuoni tofauti wenye vipaji vya juu. 15 Ama k<strong>wa</strong> vitabu<br />

vikuu vya Uislamu kama vile ‘Musnad’ cha Ahmad, S<strong>wa</strong>hiyh za <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Bukhaariy na Muslim, ‘Jami’ cha at-Tirmidhiy, ‘Sunan cha Abu<br />

Daawuud as-Sijistani, an-Nasaaiy, Ibn Majad, na ad-Daraqutni<br />

(Rahimahumu Allaahu); kila kimoja katika hivi vimesimuli<strong>wa</strong><br />

k<strong>wa</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong> ukamilifu <strong>wa</strong>ke mara kadhaa. Kitabu cha m<strong>wa</strong>nzo<br />

<strong>al</strong>ichokihifadhi k<strong>wa</strong> ghibu katika Hadiyth kiliku<strong>wa</strong> ni <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Humaydi’s ‘<strong>al</strong>-Jam’ Bayn as S<strong>wa</strong>hiyhayn.’<br />

Ni nadra kuwepo kitabu katika nyanja za sayansi ya Uislamu<br />

[aka<strong>wa</strong> hajakisoma] isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba yeye ameshakutana<br />

nacho, na Allaah Akambariki k<strong>wa</strong> uwezo <strong>wa</strong> kukihifadhi upesi na<br />

kukisahau ni nadra k<strong>wa</strong>ke. Mara chache [kuona k<strong>wa</strong>mba]<br />

atakutana au kusikia kitu isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba kimebakia kwenye<br />

akili yake, aidha k<strong>wa</strong> maneno au maana. Iliku<strong>wa</strong> kana k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />

vile ta<strong>al</strong>uma k<strong>wa</strong>ke imeganda ndani ya nyama yake, damu yake<br />

na mwili <strong>wa</strong>ke wote. Hakuchukua tu kibubusa vipande vya<br />

ta<strong>al</strong>uma kutoka hapa na p<strong>al</strong>e. Isipoku<strong>wa</strong>, <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na uele<strong>wa</strong> na<br />

maarifa kamili, na <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> juu wenye<br />

hadhi ya juu na ubora. Allaah <strong>al</strong>impatia kazi ambayo kika<strong>wa</strong>ida<br />

hu<strong>wa</strong> ndio sababu ya kumuharibu mtu mwengine yeyote, [lakini<br />

Allaah akamja<strong>al</strong>ia] kumuongoza katika ufakhari na furaha katika<br />

nyanja zote za maisha yake, na kutia athari ya uongozi <strong>wa</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong><br />

<strong>al</strong>ama zilizo <strong>wa</strong>zi k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu wote, hadi kufikia k<strong>wa</strong>mba kila mtu<br />

mwenye uele<strong>wa</strong> mdogo tu kukub<strong>al</strong>i k<strong>wa</strong>mba yeye ni <strong>wa</strong>le ambao<br />

k<strong>wa</strong>mba Mtume (S<strong>wa</strong>lla Allaahu ‘<strong>al</strong>ayhi <strong>wa</strong> a<strong>al</strong>ihi <strong>wa</strong> s<strong>al</strong>lam)<br />

<strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong>kusudia p<strong>al</strong>e <strong>al</strong>iposema: “K<strong>wa</strong> hakika, Allaah humleta katika<br />

kila m<strong>wa</strong>nzo <strong>wa</strong> karne [mtu ambaye] atahuisha masu<strong>al</strong>a ya Diyn<br />

15 Amesoma zaidi ya Wanachuoni 200. Ang<strong>al</strong>ia ‘<strong>al</strong>-Ka<strong>wa</strong>akib ad-Durriyyah’ (uk.<br />

52)<br />

13


k<strong>wa</strong> Ummah huu.” 16 K<strong>wa</strong> vile Allaah Ameihuisha kupitia k<strong>wa</strong>ke<br />

sheria za Diyn hii ambazo hapo zama za k<strong>al</strong>e zilisahaulika kabisa,<br />

na kumfanya ku<strong>wa</strong> ni ithibati juu ya <strong>wa</strong>tu wote <strong>wa</strong> enzi hizi, na<br />

shukrani zote ni za Allaah, B<strong>wa</strong>na <strong>wa</strong> Dunia zote. 17<br />

Ibada Zake<br />

SURA YA 3: MAISHA YAKE YA UCHA MUNGU<br />

Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na ukaribu mno k<strong>wa</strong> Mola <strong>wa</strong>ke ambao<br />

ulidhihiri ndani ya ibada zake na utegemezi <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> h<strong>al</strong>i ya juu<br />

K<strong>wa</strong>ke, hivi ndivyo tunavyomsadiki ku<strong>wa</strong> na hatuziweki sifa za<br />

yeyote mbele ya Allaah. W<strong>al</strong>e ambao <strong>wa</strong>meandika <strong><strong>wa</strong>sifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />

<strong>wa</strong>mejadili umaarufu <strong>wa</strong>ke katika ibada, uta<strong>wa</strong>, haya, mwenye<br />

kujitolea, unyenyekevu na ukarimu. 18<br />

Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Qayyim anasema kuhusu dhikri za Ibn Taymiyyah k<strong>wa</strong><br />

Mola <strong>wa</strong>ke: “Nilimsikia Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah, Mola<br />

amrehemu roho yake, akisema ‘Dhikri k<strong>wa</strong> moyo ni kama vile<br />

maji k<strong>wa</strong> samaki. Itaku<strong>wa</strong>je h<strong>al</strong>i ya samaki i<strong>wa</strong>po itatengana<br />

kutokana na maji? …Mara moja nilihudhuria s<strong>wa</strong>lah ya <strong>al</strong>fajiri<br />

pamoja na Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah, kisha akaketi na<br />

kumkumbuka Allaah hadi kukaribia mchana. Kisha akageuka na<br />

kuniambia, ‘Hichi ndicho chakula changu cha asubuhi ya<br />

mapema, i<strong>wa</strong>po sitopata kifungua kiny<strong>wa</strong> hichi, nguvu zangu<br />

zitaanguka.’” 19<br />

16 ‘S<strong>wa</strong>hiyh <strong>al</strong>-Jami’’ (1874) na ‘as-Silsilah as-Sahihah’ (599)<br />

17 The Lofty Virtues of Ibn Taymiyyah, ukurasa <strong>wa</strong> 7.<br />

18 Al-A'laam <strong>al</strong>-'Aliyyah, uk. 36-41, 42, 48 & 63 na <strong>al</strong>-Ka<strong>wa</strong>akib ad-Durriyyah, uk.<br />

83-88.<br />

19 Al-Waabil as-Sayyib cha Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Qayyim, uk. 60.<br />

14


Kinachodhihiri zaidi katika ibada zake iliku<strong>wa</strong> ni utegemezi <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />

h<strong>al</strong>isi juu ya Mola <strong>wa</strong>ke na imani zake ndani ya amri za Allaah.<br />

Mara nyingi p<strong>al</strong>e anapokumbana na aina ngumu za mitihani,<br />

<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na uegemezi mkuu mbele ya Mola <strong>wa</strong>ke. P<strong>al</strong>e habari za<br />

kufukuz<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>ke kwenda Alexandria zilipomfikia na<br />

<strong>al</strong>ipoambi<strong>wa</strong>: “Wanapanga kukuua, kukufukuza au kukufunga.”<br />

Alijibu: “I<strong>wa</strong>po <strong>wa</strong>taniua itaku<strong>wa</strong> ni shahaadah k<strong>wa</strong>ngu. I<strong>wa</strong>po<br />

<strong>wa</strong>tanifukuza, itaku<strong>wa</strong> ni hijrah k<strong>wa</strong>ngu; i<strong>wa</strong>po <strong>wa</strong>tanifukuza<br />

kwenda Cyprus, nita<strong>wa</strong>ita <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong> Allaah ili <strong>wa</strong>nisikize.<br />

I<strong>wa</strong>po <strong>wa</strong>tanifunga, hiyo itaku<strong>wa</strong> ni sehemu yangu ya kufanya<br />

ibada zangu.” 20<br />

Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Qayyim pia anasema: “Aliku<strong>wa</strong> akisema mara k<strong>wa</strong> mara<br />

k<strong>wa</strong> unyenyekevu p<strong>al</strong>e anapofung<strong>wa</strong>, ‘Ewe Allaah, nisaidie ili<br />

nikukumbuke wewe, niwe mwenye kukushukuru wewe na<br />

kukuabudu wewe kisa<strong>wa</strong>sa<strong>wa</strong>.’ Na <strong>al</strong>isema mara moja kuniambia<br />

mimi, ‘Yule ambaye amefung<strong>wa</strong> (kikweli kweli) ni yule ambaye<br />

moyo <strong>wa</strong>ke umefung<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya Allaah na <strong>al</strong>iyependezesh<strong>wa</strong><br />

mno ni yule ambaye matamanio yake yamemtia utum<strong>wa</strong>ni.’ " 21<br />

Al-Imaam <strong>al</strong>-Bazzaar amesema:<br />

“Wakati <strong>wa</strong> usiku, <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> akijitenga kutokana na kila mtu,<br />

akijifunga pamoja na Mola <strong>wa</strong>ke, aki<strong>wa</strong> na uendelevu thabiti <strong>wa</strong><br />

kuisoma Qur-aan tukufu, na kuzirudia ibada tofauti za kila siku<br />

na za usiku.<br />

P<strong>al</strong>e usiku unapokwisha, atakusanyika na <strong>wa</strong>tu kwenye s<strong>wa</strong>lah ya<br />

<strong>al</strong>fajiri, akis<strong>wa</strong>li s<strong>wa</strong>lah ya Sunnah kabla ya kukutana nao. P<strong>al</strong>e<br />

anapoanza s<strong>wa</strong>lah, moyo <strong>wa</strong>ko utataka kuruka kutoka sehemu<br />

yake k<strong>wa</strong> namna tu anavyoileta takbiiraatul-ihraam. P<strong>al</strong>e anapoanza<br />

s<strong>wa</strong>lah, miguu yake hutikisika, ikisogea kushoto na kulia. P<strong>al</strong>e<br />

anaposoma, atakirefusha kisomo chake, kama ilivyopoke<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong><br />

usahihi namna ya usomaji <strong>wa</strong> Mjumbe <strong>wa</strong> Allaah. Rukuu yake na<br />

utulivu <strong>wa</strong>ke, na h<strong>al</strong>ikadh<strong>al</strong>ika namna yake ya kuja juu kabla yao,<br />

ni namna kamilifu za namba ilivyopokele<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> taratibu za<br />

s<strong>wa</strong>lah ya fardhi. Na hujiachia nafasi vizuri katika kikao chake cha<br />

20 Naahiyah min Hayaat Shaykhul-Islaam, uk. 30.<br />

21 Al-Waabil as-Sayyib, uk. 61.<br />

15


m<strong>wa</strong>nzo cha tashahhud, na huitamka tasliym ya m<strong>wa</strong>nzo k<strong>wa</strong> sauti<br />

ya juu, hadi kufikia k<strong>wa</strong>mba kila mtu <strong>al</strong>iyehudhuria kuisikia...<br />

...Nikaja kutambua k<strong>wa</strong>mba ni tabia yake k<strong>wa</strong>mba hakuna yeyote<br />

atakayezungumza naye baada ya s<strong>wa</strong>lah ya Asubuhi isipoku<strong>wa</strong><br />

p<strong>al</strong>e kunapokuwepo haja ma<strong>al</strong>umu. Atabakia katika mtindo <strong>wa</strong><br />

dhikri za Allaah, akijisikiza mwenyewe. Mara nyengine,<br />

ata<strong>wa</strong>achia <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>al</strong>iokaa nao karibu kumsikiliza dhikri zake, kila<br />

mara akielekeza macho yake mbinguni. Ataendelea kubakia hivyo<br />

hivyo hadi jua linapochomoza, na ambapo muda <strong>wa</strong><br />

kuharamish<strong>wa</strong> kus<strong>wa</strong>li umekwisha kuondoka.<br />

Wakati <strong>wa</strong> kukaa k<strong>wa</strong>ngu pamoja naye Damascus, hu<strong>wa</strong> natumia<br />

baadhi ya siku yangu na muda mwingi <strong>wa</strong> usiku <strong>wa</strong>ngu pamoja<br />

naye. Ataniita ku<strong>wa</strong> pamoja naye, nikikaa pembezoni m<strong>wa</strong>ke.<br />

Nikisikia y<strong>al</strong>e anayosoma na kuyarudia, na huona akiirudia ‘<strong>al</strong>-<br />

Faatihah’ mara k<strong>wa</strong> mara nyengine tena, na hutumia muda <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />

wote baina ya Fajr na jua kuchomoza akifanya hivi. Hivyo, hukaa<br />

nikijifikiria, niki<strong>wa</strong>za: ni k<strong>wa</strong>nini akisoma sura mahsusi ya Quraan<br />

akiziacha nyengine? Ghafla, ikaja <strong>wa</strong>zi k<strong>wa</strong>ngu – na Allaah<br />

ndiye Ajuaye zaidi – k<strong>wa</strong>mba lengo lake katika kufanya hivyo<br />

iliku<strong>wa</strong> ni kuunganisha pamoja k<strong>wa</strong> y<strong>al</strong>e anayosoma baina ya y<strong>al</strong>e<br />

y<strong>al</strong>iyopokele<strong>wa</strong> ndani ya ahaadiyth na y<strong>al</strong>e ambayo y<strong>al</strong>iyojadili<strong>wa</strong><br />

na Wanachuoni, k<strong>wa</strong> namna ambayo adhkaar iliyopokele<strong>wa</strong><br />

ichukue hatamu dhidi ya Qur-aan, ama kinyume chake. Hivyo,<br />

<strong>al</strong>iona k<strong>wa</strong>mba kuirudia ‘<strong>al</strong>-Faatihah’, huweza kuunganisha baina<br />

ya maoni yote, na kuvuna faida za matendo yote, na hili ni<br />

kutokana na hoja zake muhimu na uoni <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> ndani.<br />

Baada ya hili, hus<strong>wa</strong>li Dhuha, na i<strong>wa</strong>po anataka kusikiliza Hadiyh<br />

kwenye sehemu nyengine, atakimbilia sehemu ile pamoja na<br />

yeyote <strong>al</strong>iyeku<strong>wa</strong> naye kipindi kile.<br />

Iliku<strong>wa</strong> ni nadra k<strong>wa</strong>mba k<strong>wa</strong> mtu yeyote mwenye akili zake<br />

timamu anapomuona yeye kutokwenda na kuibusu mikono yake.<br />

Hata <strong>wa</strong>fanyabiashara <strong>wa</strong>lioku<strong>wa</strong> na shughuli nyingi <strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong><br />

16


na ka<strong>wa</strong>ida ya kuacha y<strong>al</strong>e <strong>wa</strong>nayofanya ili kwenda kums<strong>al</strong>imia<br />

na kupata barka zake. 22<br />

I<strong>wa</strong>po ataona jambo ovu lolote mtaani, atafanya bidii ya<br />

kuliondoa, na i<strong>wa</strong>po atasikia kuna maziko yanafanyika sehemu<br />

fulani, atakimbilia kus<strong>wa</strong>lia au kuomba msamaha k<strong>wa</strong> kuyakosa.<br />

Baadhi ya nyakati, huwenda kwenye kaburi la marehemu baada<br />

ya kum<strong>al</strong>iza kusikiliza Hadiyth na kulis<strong>wa</strong>lia.<br />

Mara moja, yeye na s<strong>wa</strong>hiba zake <strong>wa</strong>litoka kwenda kuharibu<br />

baadhi ya vilabu vya pombe. Wakavunja vyombo vyao, kum<strong>wa</strong>ga<br />

ulevi <strong>wa</strong>o, na kuvunja idadi kadhaa ya vinj<strong>wa</strong>ji hivyo. Pia, mara<br />

moja <strong>al</strong>ivunja nguzo kwenye msikiti hapo Damascus ambayo <strong>wa</strong>tu<br />

<strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kiiomba baraka kutokana nayo. 23<br />

Baadaye, hurejea msikitini m<strong>wa</strong>ke, ambapo hubaki aidha akitoa<br />

fataa<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu au akitimiza mahitaji yao hadi inapofika <strong>wa</strong>kati<br />

<strong>wa</strong> kus<strong>wa</strong>li Adhuhuri k<strong>wa</strong> jamaa. Hutumia baki ya siku yake k<strong>wa</strong><br />

namna kama hiyo.<br />

Darasa z<strong>al</strong>e ziliku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zi k<strong>wa</strong> jamii: k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zee, vijana, matajiri,<br />

masikini, <strong>wa</strong>lio huru, <strong>wa</strong>fung<strong>wa</strong>, <strong>wa</strong>naume na <strong>wa</strong>na<strong>wa</strong>ke.<br />

Aliku<strong>wa</strong> na mvuto k<strong>wa</strong> kila mtu anayempita, na kila mtu <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong><br />

akijisikia k<strong>wa</strong>mba yeye Ibn Taymiyyah anamtumikia zaidi kuliko<br />

anavyo<strong>wa</strong>tumikia <strong>wa</strong>tu wengine <strong>wa</strong>liohudhuria.<br />

Kisha hus<strong>wa</strong>li s<strong>wa</strong>lah ya Magharibi na kufuatiliza k<strong>wa</strong> s<strong>wa</strong>lah<br />

nyingi za Sunnah kama ambavyo Allaah anavyomuwezesha.<br />

Baadaye, mimi au mtu mwengine yeyote humsomea maandiko<br />

yake, na hutufaidisha sisi k<strong>wa</strong> nukta na maelezo mb<strong>al</strong>i mb<strong>al</strong>i.<br />

Hufanya hivi hadi tunapos<strong>wa</strong>li ‘Isha’, baada ya hapo huendelea<br />

kama tulivyoku<strong>wa</strong> kabla, tukichunguza kwenye nyanja tofauti za<br />

elimu. Hu<strong>wa</strong> tunafanya hivi hadi muda mwingi <strong>wa</strong> usiku<br />

unapopita. Wakati wote huu – usiku na mchana – Ibn Taymiyyah<br />

mara k<strong>wa</strong> mara humdhukuru Allaah, akitaja Upweke <strong>wa</strong>ke, na<br />

kuomba msamaha Wake.<br />

22 Hii ni k<strong>wa</strong> namna ya k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kikimbilia kupata barka za<br />

ku<strong>wa</strong> naye karibu na elimu yake, sio k<strong>wa</strong> sababu <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni mrithi <strong>wa</strong><br />

chanzo cha barka.<br />

23 Al-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong>n-Nihaayah (13/34 na 14/122-123).<br />

17


Na kila mara huinua macho yake mbinguni na hatoacha kufanya<br />

hivi, kama vile kuna kitu amekiona huko juu kinachoyafanya<br />

macho yake yagande huko. Hufanya hivi k<strong>wa</strong> muda wote<br />

ninapokaa pamoja naye.<br />

Hivyo, subhaana-Allaah! Ni k<strong>wa</strong> namna gani siku hizi ziliku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />

fupi! Yareti zingeliku<strong>wa</strong> ni refu! Naapa k<strong>wa</strong> Allaah, hadi hii leo,<br />

hakuna <strong>wa</strong>kati uliotokea uka<strong>wa</strong> ni wenye kupendezesha zaidi<br />

k<strong>wa</strong>ngu kuliko muda ninaokaa pamoja naye, na hakuna kipindi<br />

nilichoonekana kwenye nafasi bora kama kipindi hicho, na hili<br />

h<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> sababu nyengine isipoku<strong>wa</strong> ni barakah za Shaykh,<br />

(Rahimahu Allaahu).<br />

Kila wiki, <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> akitembelea <strong>wa</strong>gonj<strong>wa</strong>, has<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>liopo<br />

hospit<strong>al</strong>ini, na nimearifi<strong>wa</strong> na zaidi ya mtu mmoja ambaye ukweli<br />

<strong>wa</strong>ke siutilii shaka k<strong>wa</strong>mba maisha yake yote ya Shaykh<br />

y<strong>al</strong>itumika kwenye mtindo ambao nimeushuhudia na niliouleza<br />

hapo juu. Hivyo, ni ibada gani, na jihadi gani, iliyo bora kuliko<br />

hii? 24<br />

Hivyo, ang<strong>al</strong>ia ni k<strong>wa</strong> namna gani Allaah amemuongoza Imaam<br />

huyu kuepukana na yote isipoku<strong>wa</strong> y<strong>al</strong>e anayohitajia ndani ya<br />

maisha yake. Alizidi<strong>wa</strong> na mapenzi yake k<strong>wa</strong> Allaah, na matokeo<br />

yake <strong>al</strong>ituniki<strong>wa</strong> sifa zote na ubora kinyume na Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong><br />

kidunia ambao <strong>wa</strong>nauchagua, kuutafuta, na kuukimbilia.<br />

Wanapochagua mazuri yake, <strong>wa</strong>najifungia mb<strong>al</strong>i kutokana na njia<br />

yake ya uongofu, na matokeo yake <strong>wa</strong>naangukia kinyume chake.<br />

Wanaenda kwenye mtindo <strong>wa</strong> kuchanganyiki<strong>wa</strong>, kama ambavyo<br />

mtu anayetembea kwenye giza, asijue kipi <strong>wa</strong>nachokula <strong>wa</strong>la<br />

<strong>wa</strong>nachovaa. W<strong>al</strong>a ha<strong>wa</strong>elewi lipi <strong>wa</strong>nategemea kufaniki<strong>wa</strong><br />

kutokana na m<strong>al</strong>engo yao maovu na ya udh<strong>al</strong>ilifu. Wanashindana<br />

k<strong>wa</strong>yo, <strong>wa</strong>kifanyia uadui k<strong>wa</strong> sababu zake, <strong>wa</strong>kiijaza miili yao<br />

pamoja nazo, na <strong>wa</strong>kisukuma kila kitu nje ya mioyo yao.<br />

Wanategemea zaidi muonekano <strong>wa</strong>o <strong>wa</strong> nje h<strong>al</strong>i yaku<strong>wa</strong> mioyo<br />

yao imepiga weusi na iliyojaa ufisadi. W<strong>al</strong>a ha<strong>wa</strong>tosheki hadi p<strong>al</strong>e<br />

24 The Lofty Virtues of Ibn Taymiyyah, ukurasas 15.<br />

18


<strong>wa</strong>napoku<strong>wa</strong> maadui k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>naokana na <strong>wa</strong>naochukiz<strong>wa</strong><br />

na aina hiyo ya maisha.<br />

P<strong>al</strong>e <strong>wa</strong>lipomuona Imaam huyu kama ni M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni <strong>wa</strong><br />

Akhera – akiachana na tabia zao za kukusanya mazuri ya dunia<br />

hii, akijiepusha na yenye kutia shaka, na kukana y<strong>al</strong>e mambo<br />

ambayo hayana umuhimu kuruhusi<strong>wa</strong> – <strong>wa</strong>kaja kuona k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />

mwenendo <strong>wa</strong>ke una<strong>wa</strong>weka <strong>wa</strong>zi na ku<strong>wa</strong>tia aibu. Hivyo,<br />

<strong>wa</strong>kazidi choyo k<strong>wa</strong>mba yeye ameonesha sifa za kiroho h<strong>al</strong>i ya<br />

ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>o <strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> ha<strong>wa</strong>na kitu zaidi ya y<strong>al</strong>e maovu, na<br />

<strong>wa</strong>kakusanyika kumvuruga k<strong>wa</strong> namna itakayoku<strong>wa</strong>, <strong>wa</strong>kisahau<br />

k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>o <strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> ni mb<strong>wa</strong> mwitu <strong>wa</strong>kati yeye ni simba.<br />

Hivyo, Allaah Amemlinda yeye kutokana nao ndani ya matokeo<br />

zaidi ya moja, kama ambavyo Anafanya k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tum<strong>wa</strong> Wake<br />

<strong>wa</strong>penzi. Amemlinda yeye k<strong>wa</strong> kipindi chote cha maisha yake, na<br />

kusambaza elimu yake baada ya kifo chake hadi hatamu za Ardhi.<br />

Zuhd Yake<br />

Imaam <strong>al</strong>-Bazzaar amesema kuhusiana na zuhd ya Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Islaam:<br />

“Ama k<strong>wa</strong> zuhd yake kutokana na dunia na marembo yake, Allaah<br />

amefanya hili ku<strong>wa</strong> ni somo endelevu ndani ya maisha yake tokea<br />

<strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong> ujana <strong>wa</strong>ke. Rafiki mmoja muaminifu <strong>al</strong>inisimulia<br />

k<strong>wa</strong>mba m<strong>wa</strong>limu <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>al</strong>iyemsomesha Qur-aan Ibn Taymiyyah<br />

akisema:<br />

“Baba yake ameniambia <strong>wa</strong>kati bado aki<strong>wa</strong> ni mtoto mdogo:<br />

“Nitapendelea k<strong>wa</strong>ko wewe kumuhakikishia k<strong>wa</strong>mba i<strong>wa</strong>po<br />

hatoacha kusoma na kuifanyia kazi Qur-aan, nitampatia dirham<br />

arobaini kila mwezi.” Hivyo, akanipatia zile dirham arobaini, na<br />

kuniambia: “Mpatie yeye. Bado ni kijana, na huwenda<br />

akafurahikia na kuengeza hamu yake katika kuhifadhi na kuisoma<br />

Qur-aan, na m<strong>wa</strong>mbie k<strong>wa</strong>mba ataku<strong>wa</strong> na ki<strong>wa</strong>ngo kama hicho<br />

cha fedha kila mwezi.” [Hata] Hivyo, Ibn Taymiyyah akakataa<br />

kuzikub<strong>al</strong>i, akisema:<br />

19


“Ewe m<strong>wa</strong>limu <strong>wa</strong>ngu, nimemuahidi Allaah k<strong>wa</strong>mba sitokub<strong>al</strong>i<br />

aina yoyote ya m<strong>al</strong>ipo k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya Qur-aan,” na <strong>wa</strong>la hakuzikub<strong>al</strong>i<br />

daima. Nikajisemeza k<strong>wa</strong>mba hili h<strong>al</strong>iwezi kutokea isipoku<strong>wa</strong><br />

k<strong>wa</strong> kijana ambaye ameteng<strong>wa</strong> na Allaah.<br />

M<strong>wa</strong>limu huyu amezungumza ukweli, k<strong>wa</strong>ni hifadhi na ulinzi <strong>wa</strong><br />

Allaah ndio uliomkuza yeye kwenye mazuri yote ndani ya maisha<br />

yake kutoka m<strong>wa</strong>nzo hadi mwisho. Kila mtu <strong>al</strong>iyekutana naye –<br />

has<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>liosuhubiana naye k<strong>wa</strong> vipindi virefu vya <strong>wa</strong>kati –<br />

<strong>wa</strong>nakub<strong>al</strong>i k<strong>wa</strong>mba ha<strong>wa</strong>kupata kuona mtu sa<strong>wa</strong> na yeye<br />

kwenye zuhd yake ya dunya, hadi kufikia ki<strong>wa</strong>ngo k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />

<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni maarufu k<strong>wa</strong> hili, na hili lilikuja ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zi ndani ya<br />

kila moyo <strong>wa</strong> mtu asikiaye sifa zake, <strong>wa</strong> mb<strong>al</strong>i na <strong>wa</strong> karibu.<br />

Ukweli k<strong>wa</strong>mba, i<strong>wa</strong>po utaku<strong>wa</strong> ni mwenye kumuuliza mtu<br />

ambaye akiishi hapa kila siku ambaye haku<strong>wa</strong> karibu mno na<br />

Shaykh: ‘Ni nani ambaye ameonesha zuhd ya juu ndani ya enzi<br />

zetu, na <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni mwenye ukakamavu <strong>wa</strong> kukana mambo<br />

yasiyo na muhimu ya dunya, na mwenye hamu kub<strong>wa</strong> ya<br />

kuitafuta Akhera?’ basi atasema: ‘Sijasikiapo mtu yeyote kama Ibn<br />

Taymiyyah (Rahimahu Allaah)!’ 25<br />

Haku<strong>wa</strong> maarufu k<strong>wa</strong> hili isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> sababu ya kujitolea<br />

k<strong>wa</strong>ke katika kufanya hivyo. Ni Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong>ngapi<br />

tuna<strong>wa</strong>shuhudia ambao <strong>wa</strong>meridhika na ki<strong>wa</strong>ngo kidogo cha<br />

dunya <strong>wa</strong>lichonacho kuliko <strong>al</strong>ivyoku<strong>wa</strong> yeye? Hakupatapo<br />

kusikilikana akiulizia kuhusu mke mzuri, ama mtum<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong> kike<br />

<strong>al</strong>iye mchangamfu, ama nyumba iliyojeng<strong>wa</strong> vyema, au <strong>wa</strong>tum<strong>wa</strong><br />

<strong>wa</strong>tiifu, au bustani za kifakhari, au mnyama mwenye nguvu k<strong>wa</strong><br />

ajili ya kutembelea, au nguo laini na za kisasa, au nafasi ya<br />

uongozi, <strong>wa</strong>la hakupatapo kuzuia dinar au dirham, <strong>wa</strong>la<br />

hakupatapo kuonekana kukimbilia kupata kitu chenye kuruhusika<br />

na kisicho na umuhimu. Hili liliku<strong>wa</strong>, inga<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba, ukweli<br />

upo ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>f<strong>al</strong>me, <strong>wa</strong>ta<strong>wa</strong>la na <strong>wa</strong>fanya biashara maarufu<br />

<strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> chini ya amri yake, wenye kuyakub<strong>al</strong>i maneno yake,<br />

<strong>wa</strong>ki<strong>wa</strong> tayari kuja karibu naye kadiri <strong>wa</strong>navyoweza, <strong>wa</strong>kimsifu<br />

<strong>wa</strong>zi <strong>wa</strong>zi, na kila mmoja aki<strong>wa</strong> tayari kushughulikia mahitaji<br />

yake ya kifedha.<br />

25 The Lofty Virtues of Ibn Taymiyyah, ukurasa, 18.<br />

20


Hivyo, je <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni sa<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>wa</strong>le ambao <strong>wa</strong>najihimilishia<br />

wenyewe elimu h<strong>al</strong>i ya ku<strong>wa</strong> ha<strong>wa</strong>ku<strong>wa</strong> ni wenye kutokana na<br />

<strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>ke – <strong>wa</strong>le ambao <strong>wa</strong>nababaish<strong>wa</strong> na Sheitani kwenye<br />

kumtumikia yeye katika neno na kitendo? Je huoni k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />

<strong>wa</strong>naziang<strong>al</strong>ia sifa zao na zake, tabia zao na zake, uchoyo <strong>wa</strong>o<br />

katika kushindana dunya na kuachana kabisa k<strong>wa</strong>ke na mapambo<br />

yake, makimbilio yao katika kukusanya [dunia] k<strong>wa</strong> kadiri<br />

<strong>wa</strong>wezavyo na kimbilio lake yeye kuiepuka, utumilikivu <strong>wa</strong>o k<strong>wa</strong><br />

<strong>wa</strong>ta<strong>wa</strong>la na kuendelea kubakia milangoni m<strong>wa</strong>o kinyume na<br />

kujitumilikisha <strong>wa</strong>ta<strong>wa</strong>la k<strong>wa</strong>ke yeye, ukosefu <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> vitisho<br />

kutoka kwenye mamlaka na nguvu zao, uwepesi <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong><br />

kuzungumza k<strong>wa</strong>ke ukweli mbele yao, na nguvu ambayo<br />

ata<strong>wa</strong>hutubia <strong>wa</strong>o? K<strong>wa</strong> hakika, naapa k<strong>wa</strong> Allaah! Hata hivyo,<br />

<strong>wa</strong>mejinyoa wenyewe – k<strong>wa</strong> dini yao, sio nywele zao, na mapenzi<br />

yao ya dunya yamechukua ndoto zao, na <strong>wa</strong>meibi<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> nguvu –<br />

k<strong>wa</strong> elimu zao, sio k<strong>wa</strong> miliki zao, hadi kufikia k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />

<strong>wa</strong>takimbilia mb<strong>al</strong>i kutokana na <strong>wa</strong>le ambao <strong>wa</strong>mekuja kukiuliza<br />

kutokana nao, na hufanya urafiki k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le tu ambao<br />

<strong>wa</strong>ta<strong>wa</strong>saidia kupata zaidi.<br />

SURA YA 4: ELIMU YA KITABU CHA MAARIFA YOTE<br />

Elimu Yake Na Kumbukumbu Zake Za Ajabu<br />

Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na elimu kub<strong>wa</strong> kabisa, hii inajumuisha<br />

elimu yake katika sayansi ya Qur-aan Tukufu, uwezo <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong><br />

kuele<strong>wa</strong> manufaa yake yote katika nyanja zote, na nukta zake<br />

muhimu, elimu yake ya kuyaelezea matamko ya Wanachuoni,<br />

namna yake ya kuyatumia matamko haya kama ni ushahidi, na<br />

h<strong>al</strong>i kadh<strong>al</strong>ika uwezo <strong>al</strong>iopati<strong>wa</strong> na Allaah umemuwezesha<br />

kuelezea maajabu yake, uzuri <strong>wa</strong> Shari’ah Zake, hazina zake zilizo<br />

adimu na za kushangaza, miujiza yake ya kilugha, na rehema zake<br />

zilizo <strong>wa</strong>zi.<br />

21


I<strong>wa</strong>po mtu ataku<strong>wa</strong> ni mwenye kuzisoma baadhi ya aya za Quraan<br />

Tukufu ndani ya moja<strong>wa</strong>po ya darasa zake, ataendelea<br />

kuzielezea, na darasa yake itam<strong>al</strong>izia k<strong>wa</strong> hili. Darasa yake<br />

itam<strong>al</strong>izia k<strong>wa</strong> kipande kizuri cha siku, na <strong>wa</strong>la haku<strong>wa</strong> na mtu<br />

ma<strong>al</strong>umu <strong>al</strong>iyeteng<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya kumsomea aya<br />

zinazotegeme<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba atakuja kujitayarisha [kuzisomesha]<br />

nazo. Isipoku<strong>wa</strong>, mtu yeyote ambaye <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> anahudhuria darasa<br />

zake atasoma kile kilicho chepesi k<strong>wa</strong>ke, na Ibn Taymiyyah<br />

baadaye atakuja kukielezea kile kilichosom<strong>wa</strong>. Ka<strong>wa</strong>ida yake<br />

hu<strong>wa</strong> hasimami isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>liohudhuria<br />

<strong>wa</strong>napoele<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba yareti isingeku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> uhafifu <strong>wa</strong> muda,<br />

angelipiga mbizi kuelezea katika kila pembe zaidi na zaidi. Hata<br />

hivyo, husimama k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya kuruhusu <strong>wa</strong>sikilizaji kupumzika.<br />

K<strong>wa</strong> mfano, ametoa tafsiyr ya {“Sema:’Yeye ni Allaah, Mmoja.’”} 26<br />

ambayo imechukua kitabu kizima kikub<strong>wa</strong>. Pia, tafsiyr yake ya<br />

{“Ar-Rahmaan Aliye juu ya ‘Arshi Yake.”} 27 iliyojaza takribani<br />

vitabu 35, na nimeelez<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>al</strong>ianza kukusanya tafsiyr<br />

ambayo ingelichukua vitabu hamsini kama angeliikamilisha.<br />

Ama k<strong>wa</strong> elimu yake na uoni <strong>wa</strong>ke kuhusiana na Sunnah ya<br />

Mjumbe <strong>wa</strong> Allaah (S<strong>wa</strong>lla Allaahu ‘<strong>al</strong>ayhi <strong>wa</strong> a<strong>al</strong>ihi <strong>wa</strong> s<strong>al</strong>lam),<br />

matamko yake, matendo, matukio ya maisha, vita, majeshi,<br />

miujiza ambayo Allaah Amemtunukia, elimu yake ya kipi kilicho<br />

sahihi kilichopokele<strong>wa</strong> kutoka k<strong>wa</strong>ke dhidi ya kile ambacho sio<br />

sahihi, h<strong>al</strong>i kadh<strong>al</strong>ika na matamko, matendo, matokeo, na<br />

hukumu za kisheria za Mas<strong>wa</strong>haabah (Radhiya Allaahu ‘anhum),<br />

bidii yao k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya Diyn hii, na sifa zao <strong>wa</strong>lizotunuki<strong>wa</strong><br />

kinyume na <strong>wa</strong>tu wengine ndani ya Ummah huu – ndani ya yote<br />

haya, <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni mwenye makini zaidi na <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na uzoefu <strong>wa</strong><br />

h<strong>al</strong>i ya juu, na <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni mwenye kutumia muda mchache katika<br />

kurudia taarifa yoyote anayohitajia katika hili. Katu hatoitaja<br />

Hadiyth au fat<strong>wa</strong> ambayo ataitumia kama ni ushahidi <strong>wa</strong> kitu<br />

isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba ataifanyia marejeo k<strong>wa</strong> chanzo chake sahihi<br />

ndani ya maandiko ya Kiislamu, au kuonesha i<strong>wa</strong>po ni S<strong>wa</strong>hiyh au<br />

hasan, n.k., au kutaja jina la S<strong>wa</strong>haabah <strong>al</strong>iyeisimulia, na ni k<strong>wa</strong><br />

26 Al-Ikhlaas: 1<br />

27 Taahaa: 5<br />

22


nadra sana atauliz<strong>wa</strong> kuhusiana na simulizi isipoku<strong>wa</strong> tu<br />

ataithibitishia usahihi <strong>wa</strong>ke.<br />

Imaam <strong>al</strong>-Bazzaar amesema:<br />

“Na y<strong>al</strong>iyo maajabu zaidi kuhusiana na hili ni k<strong>wa</strong>mba mnamo<br />

siku zake za m<strong>wa</strong>nzo za kushitaki<strong>wa</strong> mjini Misri, <strong>al</strong>ikamat<strong>wa</strong> na<br />

kufung<strong>wa</strong> jela, hadi kufikia k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> hawezi kuviingia<br />

vitabu vyake. Ndani ya kipindi hichi, <strong>al</strong>iandika vitabu vingi –<br />

vidogo na vikub<strong>wa</strong> – na akaeleza ndani ya vitabu hivyo ni ipi<br />

Ahaadiyth, simulizi, matamko ya Mas<strong>wa</strong>haabah, majina ya<br />

Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong> Hadiyth, <strong>wa</strong>andishi na kazi zao – na akazielezea<br />

kila moja ya hizi k<strong>wa</strong> kurejea vyanzo vyake sahihi, has<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong><br />

majina.<br />

Pia ametaja majina ya vitabu ndani ya kila simulizi gani<br />

imepatikana, h<strong>al</strong>i kadh<strong>al</strong>ika na <strong>wa</strong>pi ndani ya vitabu utavipata.<br />

Yote haya y<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> safi kabisa moja k<strong>wa</strong> moja kutoka kwenye<br />

kumbukumbu zake, k<strong>wa</strong>ni katika <strong>wa</strong>kati huo haku<strong>wa</strong> na kitabu<br />

hata kimoja pamoja naye k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya kutumia kama ni rejeo.<br />

Vitabu hivi baadaye vilichapish<strong>wa</strong> na kuang<strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong> tena, na –<br />

Shukrani zote ni za Allaah – hakuna hata kosa moja lililoonekana<br />

ndani ya kitabu chochote katika hivyo, <strong>wa</strong>la hakuku<strong>wa</strong> na haja ya<br />

kubadili chochote ndani ya vitabu hivyo. Na miongoni m<strong>wa</strong><br />

vitabu hivi ni ‘as-Sarim <strong>al</strong>-Masluul ‘<strong>al</strong>a Shaatim ar-Rasuul,’ 28 na hili<br />

ni kutokana na sifa ambazo Allaah – Mtukufu – amemtunukia<br />

mahsusi k<strong>wa</strong> ajili yake. 29<br />

Na Allaah Amembariki k<strong>wa</strong> uwezo <strong>wa</strong> kuele<strong>wa</strong> tofauti ya<br />

ma<strong>wa</strong>zo miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> Wanachuoni, matamko yao, ijtihaad zao<br />

ndani ya masu<strong>al</strong>a tofauti, na kipi kimeweke<strong>wa</strong> kumbukumbu<br />

(kimerikodi<strong>wa</strong>) kutokana na maoni y<strong>al</strong>iyo na nguvu, hafifu,<br />

y<strong>al</strong>iyokub<strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong> na y<strong>al</strong>iyokat<strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> kila M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni <strong>wa</strong> kila<br />

28 Inatafsirika kama ni ‘Upanga Usio na Uk<strong>al</strong>i katika Kumtusi Mtume’<br />

29 Kitabu ambacho kina zaidi ya Ahaadiyth 250, Athar 100, utajo <strong>wa</strong> zaidi ya<br />

<strong><strong>wa</strong>sifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu maarufu 600 kutoka historia ya Ahlus-Sunnah <strong>wa</strong>l-Jama’ah, na<br />

mkusanyo <strong>wa</strong> taarifa kutoka kwenye rejeo zaidi ya arobaini – zote kutoka<br />

kwenye kumbukumbu zake, na kitabu chote kimeandik<strong>wa</strong> katika kujibu<br />

tukio moja tu la amb<strong>al</strong>o Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah (Allaah Amrehemu)<br />

<strong>al</strong>imsikia Mkiristo akimtukana Mtume (S<strong>wa</strong>lla Allaahu ‘<strong>al</strong>ayhi <strong>wa</strong> a<strong>al</strong>ihi <strong>wa</strong><br />

s<strong>al</strong>lam)!<br />

23


enzi. Aliku<strong>wa</strong> na uoni <strong>wa</strong> ndani kuhusiana na ma<strong>wa</strong>zo yao yepi<br />

y<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni sahihi sana karibu na ukweli, na <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> pia na<br />

uwezo <strong>wa</strong> kueleza k<strong>wa</strong> kila M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni ni eneo gani <strong>al</strong>ikuja<br />

n<strong>al</strong>o k<strong>wa</strong> kila <strong>wa</strong>zo. H<strong>al</strong>i hii ilifikia hadi k<strong>wa</strong>mba i<strong>wa</strong>po atauliz<strong>wa</strong><br />

kuhusiana na lolote katika hili, iliku<strong>wa</strong> ni kana k<strong>wa</strong>mba kila<br />

tamko la Mjumbe <strong>wa</strong> Allaah (S<strong>wa</strong>lla Allaahu ‘<strong>al</strong>ayhi <strong>wa</strong> a<strong>al</strong>ihi <strong>wa</strong><br />

s<strong>al</strong>lam), Mas<strong>wa</strong>haabah <strong>wa</strong>ke, na Wanachuoni – kutoka <strong>wa</strong><br />

m<strong>wa</strong>nzo hadi <strong>wa</strong> mwisho <strong>wa</strong>o – kuliku<strong>wa</strong> na sura iliyoganda<br />

ndani ya ubongo <strong>wa</strong>ke, pamoja naye akichagua anachotaka na<br />

kuacha anachotaka. Hili ni jambo amb<strong>al</strong>o k<strong>wa</strong> kila <strong>al</strong>iyeku<strong>wa</strong><br />

anamuona au akipita kwenye elimu yake na <strong>wa</strong>siochukuli<strong>wa</strong> na<br />

ujinga au utashi <strong>wa</strong>nakub<strong>al</strong>iana n<strong>al</strong>o.<br />

Ama k<strong>wa</strong> vitabu vyake na maandiko yake, ni zaidi ya ninazoweza<br />

kutaja au kufikiria mada zake. Ukweli ni k<strong>wa</strong>mba, nina <strong>wa</strong>si<strong>wa</strong>si<br />

k<strong>wa</strong>mba mtu yeyote anaweza kuzitaja zote, k<strong>wa</strong>ni zipo katika<br />

nambari, vyenye ukub<strong>wa</strong> tofauti, na vimetanda<strong>wa</strong>a duniani kote.<br />

Ukweli k<strong>wa</strong>mba, hakuna nchi niliyotembelea isipoku<strong>wa</strong> nimeona<br />

moja ya vitabu vyake nchini humo.<br />

Baadhi yake vilifikia vitabu kumi na mbili k<strong>wa</strong> ukub<strong>wa</strong>, kama vile<br />

‘T<strong>al</strong>khiys at-T<strong>al</strong>biys ‘<strong>al</strong>a Asas at-Taqdiys,’ n.k. Baadhi yake viliku<strong>wa</strong><br />

na ukub<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong> vitabu saba, kama vile ‘<strong>al</strong>-Jam’ Bayn <strong>al</strong>-‘Aql <strong>wa</strong>n-<br />

Naql.’ 30 Baadhiyake vina urefu <strong>wa</strong> vitabu vitano, kama vile<br />

‘Minhaj <strong>al</strong>-Istiqamah <strong>wa</strong>l-I’tid<strong>al</strong>.’ Baadhi yake ni vitabu vitatu, kama<br />

vile ‘ar-Radd ‘<strong>al</strong>a an-Nasaara.’ Baadhi yake ni vitabu viwili, kama<br />

vile ‘Nikah <strong>al</strong> -Muh<strong>al</strong>l<strong>al</strong>’ na ‘Ibta<strong>al</strong> <strong>al</strong>-Hayl’ and ‘Sharh <strong>al</strong>-‘Aqidah <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Asbahaniyyah.’ Baadhi yake ni kitabu kimoja tu au chini ya hapo,<br />

na hivi ni vingi mno kuweza kuviorodhesha. 31<br />

Al-’Aqidah Al-Wasitiyyah<br />

Tokeo jengine amb<strong>al</strong>o linaonesha uwezo <strong>wa</strong>ke mkub<strong>wa</strong> na mpana<br />

<strong>wa</strong> elimu <strong>al</strong>iyoku<strong>wa</strong> nayo, yeye mwenyewe, Ibn Taymiyyah<br />

amesema:<br />

30 Maarufu kinajulikana kama ni ‘Dar’ Ta’arudh <strong>al</strong>-‘Aql <strong>wa</strong>n-Naql’ na<br />

‘Mu<strong>wa</strong>faqat S<strong>wa</strong>hiyh <strong>al</strong>-Manquul li Sariyh <strong>al</strong>-Ma’quul,’ na kinajadili uhusiano<br />

baina ya hoja na Wahyi.<br />

31 The Lofty Virtues of Ibn Taymiyyah, ukurasa, 9.<br />

24


“Jaji mmoja <strong>wa</strong> Kishafi’i kutoka Wasit (nchini Iraq) k<strong>wa</strong> jina la<br />

Radhiyud-Diyn <strong>al</strong>-Wasiti, <strong>al</strong>initembelea aki<strong>wa</strong> njiani kuelekea<br />

Hajj. Shaykh huyu <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni mtu mzuri na mwenye imani.<br />

Alinielezea h<strong>al</strong>i za <strong>wa</strong>tu nchini huko (yaani Iraq), chini ya Tartar<br />

(Wamongoli) <strong>wa</strong>lioku<strong>wa</strong> na uta<strong>wa</strong>la <strong>wa</strong> kijinga, usio na haki, na<br />

upotefu <strong>wa</strong> imani na elimu.<br />

Aliniomba nim<strong>wa</strong>ndikie ‘Aqiydah (Elimu ya Imani) kama ni rejeo<br />

k<strong>wa</strong>ke yeye na familia yake. Lakini nikakataa na kusema: ‘Aqiydah<br />

nyingi zimeandik<strong>wa</strong>. Rejea k<strong>wa</strong> Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong> Sunnah. Hata<br />

hivyo, <strong>al</strong>isisitiza katika ombi lake, akisema: Sitaki ‘Aqiydah yoyote<br />

isipoku<strong>wa</strong> ile utakayoandika. Hivyo nikaandika hii moja k<strong>wa</strong> ajili<br />

yake niki<strong>wa</strong> nimeketi mchana mmoja. 32<br />

Mchango Wake Kwenye Fiqh Na Usuul Yake<br />

Ibn Taymiyyah tokea enzi za utotoni m<strong>wa</strong>ke, <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />

m<strong>wa</strong>nafunzi chipukizi na, kama <strong>wa</strong>naomsifia <strong>wa</strong>kisema,<br />

hakuchukua hamu yoyote kwenye michezo na mazoezi<br />

[isiyoku<strong>wa</strong> na maana]. Baadaye, pia, <strong>al</strong>ipoku<strong>wa</strong> mkub<strong>wa</strong>,<br />

hakurudi nyuma, sio dhihaka <strong>wa</strong>la tamasha iliyochukua akili<br />

zake. Hata hivyo, kazi zake zinashuhudia ukweli k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong><br />

na elimu kisa<strong>wa</strong>sa<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> aina tofauti za jamii yake ndani ya<br />

kipindi chake, tabia zao na mila, ustaarabu <strong>wa</strong>o na hulka na hata<br />

starehe zao na ubunifu. Inaonesha k<strong>wa</strong>mba sio tu k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />

<strong>al</strong>itumia muda <strong>wa</strong>ke kama ni M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni <strong>al</strong>iyezik<strong>wa</strong> na vitabu,<br />

lakini pia <strong>al</strong>izisoma k<strong>wa</strong> mapana <strong>al</strong>ama za matatizo na jamii ya<br />

kisasa.<br />

Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>ikusanya [k<strong>wa</strong> shida] elimu ya kisekula na<br />

sayansi ya dini ndani ya kipindi chake. Aliweka mkazo mahsusi<br />

k<strong>wa</strong> lugha ya Kiarabu na akapata uweledi <strong>wa</strong> sarufi na maneno<br />

(lexicology). Sio tu <strong>al</strong>ikiele<strong>wa</strong> vyema kitabu cha Al-Kitaab cha<br />

Siba<strong>wa</strong>yh, mamluki mkuu <strong>wa</strong> sarufi na elimu ya lugha (syntax),<br />

lakini <strong>al</strong>iweza kubainisha makosa yake pia. 33 Uwezo <strong>wa</strong>ke kwenye<br />

32 Majmu’ Fata<strong>wa</strong> Ibn Taimiyah, Kitabu cha 8, ukurasa 164<br />

33 Al-Ka<strong>wa</strong>akib ad-Duriyyah, uk.2<br />

25


nyanja hii ulithibitisha k<strong>wa</strong> mapana ku<strong>wa</strong> na faida k<strong>wa</strong>ke baadaye<br />

katika kutengeneza kazi zake mwenyewe.<br />

Alama safi ya kielimu ilimzunguka Ibn Taymiyyah ambaye,<br />

ukiachilia mb<strong>al</strong>i uwezo <strong>wa</strong> kuhakiki elimu iliyokuwepo <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong><br />

enzi zake, <strong>al</strong>ii<strong>wa</strong>silisha upya iki<strong>wa</strong> na dhamana zote na ufasaha<br />

inayomfaa mfikiriaji mbunifu. Aki<strong>wa</strong> na elimu yake ya ndani<br />

kwenye Qur-aan na uoni <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> chini kwenye m<strong>al</strong>engo na azma<br />

za ndani katika Shari’ah na kanuni za maarifa ya Shari’ah, Ibn<br />

Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>iweza ku<strong>wa</strong>silisha somo lolote an<strong>al</strong>otaka kulielezea,<br />

k<strong>wa</strong> kutumia vyanzo vya kisheria na uwezo <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> kufahamu<br />

mambo mengi.<br />

Hakuna hata kazi yake moja <strong>al</strong>iyoitengeneza ambayo mpangilio<br />

<strong>wa</strong>ke haupo mpana k<strong>wa</strong>mba haiwezi kuridhi<strong>wa</strong> kama ni rejeo<br />

kuu (encyclopaedia) kwenye somo hilo. Majmu’ <strong>al</strong>-Fataa<strong>wa</strong><br />

inatuonesha sisi k<strong>wa</strong>mba elimu kub<strong>wa</strong> mno ya uele<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />

katika Shari’ah k<strong>wa</strong> ujumla <strong>wa</strong>ke, na Fiqh k<strong>wa</strong> mahsusi. Kazi zake<br />

zinaunganisha ufahamu <strong>wa</strong> vitu vingi pamoja na ustadi <strong>wa</strong><br />

kufikiri kama pia ni chakula cha ku<strong>wa</strong>fikirisha k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>somaji.<br />

Fasili za kisheria na ubunifu <strong>wa</strong> ma<strong>wa</strong>zo ya kisheria ziliku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />

bidii nyengine ambazo nguvu zake Ibn Taymiyyah katika elimu<br />

ziliikamata vyema. Aki<strong>wa</strong> na uele<strong>wa</strong> makini mzuri katika hili pia,<br />

maandiko yake kwenye somo hili unahusisha mijad<strong>al</strong>a kwenye<br />

masu<strong>al</strong>a tata ya kisheria. Utengenezaji <strong>wa</strong> maarifa ya kisheria <strong>wa</strong><br />

Ibn Taymiyyah unahusisha Iqtidha’ as-Siraat <strong>al</strong>-Mustaqiym kiki<strong>wa</strong><br />

na mjumuiko <strong>wa</strong> vitabu vingi vya ma<strong>wa</strong>zo ya kisheria na idadi<br />

kadhaa ya mak<strong>al</strong>a ndogo ndogo kama vile Al-Qiyaas na Minhaj <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Wusuul ilaa ‘Ilm <strong>al</strong>-Usuul.<br />

Kazi zinazohusiana na ukusanyaji <strong>wa</strong> misingi ya kisheria ya<br />

madhehebu tofauti ya kisheria y<strong>al</strong>ikaribia kukamilika <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong><br />

Ibn Taymiyyah. Hata hivyo, <strong>al</strong>ipitia hoja tofauti aki<strong>wa</strong> na fikra<br />

kamili na ustadi <strong>wa</strong> h<strong>al</strong>i ya juu na ambayo y<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na athari ya<br />

kutoa nguvu mpya kabisa kwenye mfumo <strong>wa</strong> kisheria. Katika<br />

kuelezea ma<strong>wa</strong>zo yake ya kisheria, bidii yenye kuendelea ya Ibn<br />

Taymiyyah iliku<strong>wa</strong> ni kutoa muongozo <strong>wa</strong> mahitajio ya<br />

mabadiliko k<strong>wa</strong> kuegemea Sunnah. Ma<strong>wa</strong>zo ya kisheria na h<strong>al</strong>i<br />

kadh<strong>al</strong>ika kanuni zinazozita<strong>wa</strong>la zilizoeleze<strong>wa</strong> na Ibn Taymiyyah<br />

26


zimehifadhi<strong>wa</strong> kwenye vitabu chini ya mada ya Fataa<strong>wa</strong> Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah (Majmu’ <strong>al</strong>-Fataa<strong>wa</strong> li Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Ibn<br />

Taymiyyah). 34<br />

W<strong>al</strong>imu Wake<br />

SURA YA 5: ELIMU<br />

Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah amesoma chini ya idadi kub<strong>wa</strong><br />

ya Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong>kuu na yeye mwenyewe ametaja idadi yao<br />

kama ilivyopokele<strong>wa</strong> na adh-Dhahabiy moja moja kutoka<br />

k<strong>wa</strong>ke. 35 Mtungo huu <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>limu unajumuisha Wanachuoni<br />

<strong>wa</strong>kiume arobaini na Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong>kike <strong>wa</strong>nne.<br />

Jumla ya idadi ya Wanachuoni ambao amepata elimu inakithiri<br />

mia mbili.<br />

Ifuatayo ni dondoo za baadhi ya <strong>wa</strong>limu <strong>wa</strong>ke: 36<br />

• Abu <strong>al</strong>-'Abbaas Ahmad Ibn 'Abdud-Daa'im <strong>al</strong>-Maqdasiy<br />

• Abu Muhammad ‘Abdur-Rahmaan Ibn Muhammad Ibn<br />

Ahmad Ibn Qudaamah Al-Maqdasiy<br />

• Abu <strong>al</strong>-‘Abbaas Ahmad Ibn Ahmad Ibn Ni’mah Al-<br />

Maqdasiy<br />

34 Vitabu hivi ambavyo vinafikia 37, k<strong>wa</strong> hakika ni rejeo kuu (encyclopaedia)<br />

katika Maarifa ya Shari’ah za Kiislamu.<br />

35 Majmu’’ <strong>al</strong>-Fata<strong>wa</strong> [18/76-121]<br />

36 Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Ahmad Ibn Taymiyyah Rajul <strong>al</strong>-Islaah <strong>wa</strong> ad-Da’<strong>wa</strong>h, uk. 113-<br />

124<br />

27


• Baba yake, Abu <strong>al</strong>-Mahaasin ‘Abdul-H<strong>al</strong>iym Ibn ‘Abdis-<br />

S<strong>al</strong>aam Ibn Taymiyyah<br />

• Shangazi yake k<strong>wa</strong> upande <strong>wa</strong> baba, Sitt ad-Daar bint<br />

'Abdis-S<strong>al</strong>aam Ibn Taymiyyah<br />

• Abu <strong>al</strong>-Barakaat <strong>al</strong>-Munajjiy Ibn ‘Uthmaan at-Tanuukhiy ad-<br />

Dimashqiy<br />

• Abu ‘Abdillaah Muhammad Ibn ‘Abdil-Qawiy Ibn Badraan<br />

<strong>al</strong>-Maqdasiy <strong>al</strong>-Mardawiy<br />

• Ahmad Ibn Ibraahiym Ibn ‘Abdil-Ghaniy as-Saruujiy <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Hanafiy<br />

• Abu <strong>al</strong>-Hasan ‘Aliy Ibn Ahmad Ibn as-Sa’adiy <strong>al</strong>-Maqdasiy<br />

as-S<strong>wa</strong><strong>al</strong>ihiy<br />

• Abu Zakariya Yahya Ibn ‘Abdir-Rahmaan Ibn Najm <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Hanb<strong>al</strong>iy <strong>al</strong>-Ansaariy<br />

• Abu Zakariya Yahya Ibn Abi Mansuur Ibn Raafi’ Ibn ‘Aliy<br />

<strong>al</strong>-Haraaniy Ibn as-Sayrafiy<br />

• Abu Bakr Ibn Muhammad Ibn Abi Bakr Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Wasi’ <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Harawiy ad-Dimashqiy<br />

• Abu <strong>al</strong>-‘Abbaas Ahmad Ibn Abi <strong>al</strong>-Khayr S<strong>al</strong>aamah Ibn<br />

Ibraahiym Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Haddaad ad-Dimashqiy<br />

• Abu Muhammad <strong>al</strong>-Qaasim Ibn ‘Aliy Ibn Abi Bakr Ibn<br />

Qaasim Ibn Ghaniymah <strong>al</strong>-Irbily<br />

• Abu <strong>al</strong>-Ghanaaim <strong>al</strong>-Muslim Ibn Muhammad Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Muslim<br />

Ibn ‘Alaan <strong>al</strong>-Qays ad-Dimashqiy<br />

• Abu <strong>al</strong>-‘Abbaas Ahmad Ibn Shaybaan Ibn Haydar ash-<br />

Shaybaaniy<br />

• Abu Hafs ‘Umar Ibn ‘Abdil-Mun’im Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Qa<strong>wa</strong>as ad-<br />

Dimashqiy<br />

• Abu Nasr 'Abdul-'Aziyz Ibn 'Abdil-Mun'im Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Khudhr<br />

Ibn Shibl Ibn ‘Abdil-Haarithy<br />

• As-S<strong>wa</strong><strong>al</strong>ih <strong>al</strong>-Musnid Ibn Muhammad Ibn Badr Ibn<br />

Muhammad Ibn Ya’iysh <strong>al</strong>-Jazariy<br />

• Abu Yahya Ismaa’iyl Ibn Abi ‘Abdillaah Ibn Hammaad Ibn<br />

‘Abdil-Kariym <strong>al</strong>-‘Asq<strong>al</strong>aaniy<br />

• Abu Is-haaq Ibn Ibraahiym Ibn Ahmad Ibn Abi <strong>al</strong>-Faraj Ibn<br />

Abi Taahir Ibn Muhammad Ibn Nasr<br />

• Abu Is-haaq Ibraahiym Ibn Ahmad Ibn Ismaa’iyl Ibn Faaris<br />

at-Tamiymiy as-Sa’adiy<br />

• Ahmad Ibn Abi Bakr Ibn Sulaymaan <strong>al</strong>-Waa’idh Ibn <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Hamawiy Abu <strong>al</strong>-‘Abbaas ad-Dimashqiy<br />

28


• Abu ‘Abdillaah Muhammad Ibn Ismaa’iyl Ibn ‘Uthmaan Ibn<br />

<strong>al</strong>-Mudhafar Ibn ‘Asaakir ad-Dimashqiy ash-Shaafi’iy<br />

• Abu Muhammad ‘Abdur-Rahmaan Ibn Abi as-Sa’r Ibn as-<br />

Sayyid Ibn As-Saani’ <strong>al</strong>-Ansaariy<br />

• Abu <strong>al</strong>-‘Izz Yuusuf Ibn Ya’aquub Ibn Muhammad Ibn ‘Aliy<br />

<strong>al</strong>-Mujaawir ash-Shaybaaniy<br />

• Abu Is-haaq Ibraahiym Ibn Ismaa’iyl Ibn Ibraahiym Ibn<br />

Yahya Ibn ‘Alawiy Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Husayn <strong>al</strong>-Qurashiy <strong>al</strong>-Hanafiy<br />

• Abu Muhammad Ismaa'iyl Ibn Ibraahiym at-Tanuukhiy<br />

• Abu <strong>al</strong>-'Abbaas <strong>al</strong>-Mu'ammil Ibn Muhammad <strong>al</strong>-Ba<strong>al</strong>isiy<br />

• Abu 'Abdillaah Muhammad Ibn Abi Bakr Ibn Sulaymaan <strong>al</strong>-<br />

'Aamiriy<br />

• Abu <strong>al</strong>-Faraj 'Abdur-Rahmaan Ibn Sulaymaan <strong>al</strong>-Baghdaadiy<br />

• Sharafud-Diyn <strong>al</strong>-Maqdasiy, Ahmad Ibn Ahmad ash-<br />

Shaafi'iy<br />

• Muhammad Ibn 'Abdul-Qawiy <strong>al</strong>-Maqdasiy<br />

• Taqiyud-Diyn <strong>al</strong>-Waasitiy, Ibraahiym Ibn 'Aliy as-S<strong>wa</strong><strong>al</strong>ihiy<br />

<strong>al</strong>-Hanb<strong>al</strong>iy<br />

Wanafunzi Wake<br />

Shaykhul-Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>wa</strong>nafunzi wengi na<br />

ambao <strong>wa</strong>liathirika naye ni wengi, miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>nafunzi<br />

<strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> ni 37:<br />

• Ibn Qayyim <strong>al</strong>-Jawziyyah, Muhammad Ibn Abi Bakr Ibn<br />

Ayyuub az-Zar’iy<br />

• Adh-Dhahabi, Muhammad Ibn Ahmad Ibn ‘Uthmaan at-<br />

Turkimaniy<br />

• Ibn Qudaamah <strong>al</strong>-Maqdasiy, Muhammad Ibn Ahmad Ibn <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Haadiy<br />

• Al-Mizzi, Yuusuf Ibn ‘Abdir-Rahmaan<br />

• Ibn Kathiyr, Abu <strong>al</strong>-Fidaa ‘Imaadud-Diyn Isma’iyl Ibn ‘Umar<br />

• Al-Bazzaar, ‘Umar Ibn ‘Aliy<br />

• Ibn Muflih, Shamsud-Diyn Abu ‘Abdillaah Muhammad <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Maqdasiy ar-Raaminiy ad-Dimashqiy<br />

37 Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Ahmad Ibn Taymiyyah Rajul <strong>al</strong>-Islaah <strong>wa</strong> ad-Da’<strong>wa</strong>h, uk. 139-<br />

143<br />

29


• Al-Qaasim Ibn Muhammad Ibn Muhammad Ibn Yuusuf <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Barz<strong>al</strong>iy <strong>al</strong>-Ishbiyliy<br />

• Abu <strong>al</strong>-Fat-h Muhammad Ibn Abi ‘Umar Muhammad Ibn<br />

Abi Bakr Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Ya’amariy <strong>al</strong>-And<strong>al</strong>usiy <strong>al</strong>-Ishbiyliy <strong>al</strong>-Masry<br />

ash-Shafi’iy<br />

• Ibn Qudaamah <strong>al</strong>-Hanb<strong>al</strong>iy, Ahmad Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Hasan Ibn<br />

‘Abdillaah Ibn Muhammad Ibn Ahmad<br />

• Ibn Abdid-Daaim, Abu ‘Abdillaah Muhammad Ibn<br />

Muhammad Ibn Abi Bakr Ibn Ahmad<br />

• Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Waaniy, Muhammad Ibn ash-Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Musnid Abi<br />

Is-haaq Ibraahiym Ibn Muhammad Ibn Ahmad<br />

• Ibn Imaam as-Sakhrah <strong>al</strong>-Baysaaniy ad-Dimashqiy <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Maqdasiy, Muhammad Ibn Ibraahiym Ibn Muhammad Ibn<br />

Abi Bakr Ibn Ibraahiym <strong>al</strong>-Khazrajiy<br />

• Ibn an-Najiyh, Abu ‘Abdillaah Muhammad Ibn ash-Shaykh<br />

Sa’d ad-Diyn Abi Muhammad Sa’d-Allaah Ibn ‘Abdil-Ahad<br />

Ibn ‘Abdil-Waahid <strong>al</strong>-Haraaniy<br />

• Ibn as-Sayrafiy, Abul-Ma’<strong>al</strong>iy Muhammad Ibn Taghriyl Ibn<br />

Abdillaah <strong>al</strong>-Kha<strong>wa</strong>arizmiy<br />

• As-Saamit, Shamsud-Diyn Abu Bakr Ibn Muhammad Ibn<br />

‘Abdillaah Ibn Ahmad Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Muhib ‘Abdullaah as-Sa’diy <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Maqdasiy<br />

• Ibn Qaadhi <strong>al</strong>-Jab<strong>al</strong>, Ahmad Ibn Husayn<br />

• Ibn FadhliLlaah <strong>al</strong>-‘Amri, Ahmad Ibn Yahya<br />

• Muhammad Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Manj, Ibn ‘Uthmaan at-Tanuukhi<br />

• Yuusuf Ibn ‘Abdi-l-Mahmuud Ibn ‘Abdis-S<strong>al</strong>aam <strong>al</strong>-Batti<br />

• Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Wardi, Zaynud-Diyn ‘Umar<br />

• ‘Umar <strong>al</strong>-Harraaniy, Zaynud-Diyn Abu Hafs<br />

Ibn Hajr <strong>al</strong>-Asq<strong>al</strong>aaniy amesema:<br />

Kama ingeliku<strong>wa</strong> hakuna sifa za Shaykh Taqiyud-Diyn isipoku<strong>wa</strong><br />

k<strong>wa</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nafunzi <strong>wa</strong>ke Shaykh Shamsud-Diyn Ibn Qayyim <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Jawziyyah, m<strong>wa</strong>ndishi <strong>wa</strong> kazi nyingi, ambazo kote kote kutoka<br />

k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>pinzani na <strong>wa</strong>fuasi <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong>menufaika nazo, hii itaku<strong>wa</strong><br />

ni ang<strong>al</strong>izo tosha la nafasi yake kub<strong>wa</strong> (Ibn Taymiyyah). Hii ndio<br />

k<strong>wa</strong> sababu tunaona kuj<strong>al</strong>i k<strong>wa</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong> h<strong>al</strong>i ya juu k<strong>wa</strong> Ibn<br />

30


Taymiyyah mbele ya m<strong>wa</strong>nafunzi <strong>wa</strong>ke Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Qayyim ndani ya<br />

<strong><strong>wa</strong>sifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong> Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Qayyim 38:<br />

Mara moja <strong>al</strong>igundua hamu na shauku kub<strong>wa</strong> ya elimu k<strong>wa</strong><br />

<strong>wa</strong>nafunzi <strong>wa</strong>ke na hamu yake ya kujitolea kuipata na kuieneza<br />

[elimu], akaanza kumlea kwenye nasaha na miongozo ambayo<br />

itamsaidia kuzinyanyua akili zake na kuziengeza usimamizi <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />

madhubuti kama ni M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni.<br />

Hazina hizi zinataj<strong>wa</strong> na Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Qayyim katika sehemu tofauti<br />

katika pande mb<strong>al</strong>i mb<strong>al</strong>i za vitabu vyake. Zifuatazo ni baadhi ya<br />

mifano:<br />

1. Ndani ya Miftaah dar as-sa’adah amesema, “Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam<br />

(Rahimahu Allaah), ameniambia baada ya kuanza kumtajia utata<br />

mmoja kufuatia mwengine, ‘Usiache moyo <strong>wa</strong>ke ku<strong>wa</strong> kama<br />

sponji k<strong>wa</strong> kila utata ambao utakupita, hadi k<strong>wa</strong>mba unainy<strong>wa</strong><br />

yote na un<strong>al</strong>oweka nayo. Isipoku<strong>wa</strong>, ku<strong>wa</strong> kama gilasi gumu;<br />

mashaka yanaipita lakini hayakai ndani yake. Hivyo itayaona k<strong>wa</strong><br />

unadhifu <strong>wa</strong>ke na kuyafukuza k<strong>wa</strong> ugumu <strong>wa</strong>ke. K<strong>wa</strong> namna<br />

nyengine, i<strong>wa</strong>po utauacha moyo <strong>wa</strong>ko kuny<strong>wa</strong> kila utata ambao<br />

utakupita wewe, itaku<strong>wa</strong> ni sehemu ya mapumziko k<strong>wa</strong><br />

mashaka,’ Au <strong>al</strong>isema kitu chenye athari sa<strong>wa</strong> na hiyo. Sikuona<br />

ushauri wowote ambao umeniletea manufaa makub<strong>wa</strong> katika<br />

kufukuza mashaka kuliko huu.”<br />

2. Ndani ya Madaarij as-S<strong>al</strong>ikiyn, amesema, “Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Ibn<br />

Taymiyyah (Rahimahu Allaah), ameniambia mara moja, ‘P<strong>al</strong>e<br />

mmoja anaposimama kwenye mitihani na ukosefu <strong>wa</strong> fedha<br />

uka<strong>wa</strong> hauepukiki, hatoku<strong>wa</strong> na hamaki inapotokezea h<strong>al</strong>i hiyo,<br />

<strong>wa</strong>la hatoku<strong>wa</strong> na majonzi au ku<strong>wa</strong> na huzuni kutokana nayo.’ 39<br />

Hivyo p<strong>al</strong>e mtu anapoku<strong>wa</strong> mgonj<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> mitihani hiyo na<br />

haiachii kumvuruga, inataraji<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba atanyanyuka kwenye<br />

ki<strong>wa</strong>ngo cha kufikia (utum<strong>wa</strong> h<strong>al</strong>isi mbele ya Allaah). Roho yake<br />

38 ‘Wasifu <strong>wa</strong> Imaam Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Qayyim’ kilichoandik<strong>wa</strong> na S<strong>al</strong>ahud-Diyn ‘Aliy<br />

Abdul-Mawjuud, kikafasiri<strong>wa</strong> na Abdul-Rafi Ade<strong>wa</strong>le Imaam na<br />

kuchapish<strong>wa</strong> kwenye mtandao na ‘Abdul-Haq ‘Abdul-Kha<strong>al</strong>iq.<br />

39 Kilichobaki kinaonekana ku<strong>wa</strong> ni maneno ya Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Qayyim mwenyewe<br />

akieleza matamko ya Shaykh.<br />

31


itaku<strong>wa</strong> na adabu na itaku<strong>wa</strong> na tegemezi k<strong>wa</strong> Allaah, na itaku<strong>wa</strong><br />

mb<strong>al</strong>i na tabia mbovu, hadi mapenzi ya Allaah na moyo <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />

ut<strong>al</strong>o<strong>wa</strong>na na roho yake na miguu yake vyote vitaku<strong>wa</strong> adilifu<br />

mbele ya amri (za Allaah). Katika h<strong>al</strong>i hii, moyo <strong>wa</strong>ke utaona hisia<br />

k<strong>wa</strong>mba Allaah yu pamoja naye na Anamsaidia. Kila pigo lake na<br />

kila hatua yake itaku<strong>wa</strong> ni yenye kumfikiria Allaah, sio k<strong>wa</strong>ke<br />

mwenyewe. Moyo <strong>wa</strong>ke utapokea miono ya kiroho iliyo mingi,<br />

hadi kufikia k<strong>wa</strong>mba atafurahikia Utukufu <strong>wa</strong> Allaah, Umiliki<br />

<strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> kila kitu, na Upweke <strong>wa</strong>ke. Ni katika ufahamu <strong>wa</strong> sifa<br />

hizi tatu k<strong>wa</strong>mba elimu yote na misingi yote inategemez<strong>wa</strong>.”<br />

3. Na Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> aki<strong>wa</strong>nasihi <strong>wa</strong>nafunzi <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />

kutojihusisha kupita mpaka kwenye mambo yanayoruhusi<strong>wa</strong>. Ibn<br />

<strong>al</strong>-Qayyim amesema kuhusiana naye, “Siku moja, Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah (Rahimahu Allaah), <strong>al</strong>iniambia kuhusiana<br />

na mambo yanayoruhusi<strong>wa</strong>, ‘hii ni kinyume cha (mafanikio ya)<br />

nafasi ya juu, hata i<strong>wa</strong>po kuachana n<strong>al</strong>o sio sharti la kufikia<br />

uokovu,’ au kitu kinachofanana na hicho.” Hivyo mwenye<br />

kumtambua (Allaah) ataachana na kila <strong>al</strong>iwez<strong>al</strong>o kwenye mambo<br />

yanayoruhusi<strong>wa</strong>, k<strong>wa</strong> lengo la kujilinda yeye mwenyewe, has<strong>wa</strong><br />

i<strong>wa</strong>po hilo lin<strong>al</strong>oruhusi<strong>wa</strong> ni kik<strong>wa</strong>zo baina ya kinachoruhusi<strong>wa</strong><br />

na kisichoruhusi<strong>wa</strong> kisheria.<br />

Maandiko Yake<br />

Kazi zake zilizopo sasa za Ibn Taymiyyah ni nyingi k<strong>wa</strong> idadi,<br />

inga<strong>wa</strong>je ukweli k<strong>wa</strong>mba sehemu ya kazi zake zimeyayuka.<br />

Aliku<strong>wa</strong> ni m<strong>wa</strong>ndishi <strong>al</strong>iye na kasi. Ndugu yake ‘Abdullaah<br />

amesema: “Allaah amemtunukia uwezo <strong>wa</strong> kuandika haraka na<br />

<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> akiandika kutoka kwenye akili yake bila ya kunukuu<br />

[kukopia].” 40 Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na karani ambaye <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong><br />

akinukuu [akitoa kopi] kazi zake k<strong>wa</strong> sababu ya ukweli k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />

<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> akiandika k<strong>wa</strong> kasi ya ajabu. Kuliku<strong>wa</strong> na mtu<br />

akijulikana k<strong>wa</strong> jina la ‘Abdullaah Ibn Rashiyq <strong>al</strong>-Maghrabiy<br />

ambaye <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> akiandika kazi za Shaykh, Ibn Kathiyr amesema<br />

kuhusiana naye: “Aliku<strong>wa</strong> akiweza kuzitengeneza hati za Shaykh<br />

40 Al-'Uquud ad-Durriyyah, uk. 64.<br />

32


kuliko za Shaykh mwenyewe.” 41 Aliku<strong>wa</strong> akichukua muda<br />

mwingi kupitia kazi zake kama <strong>al</strong>ivyofanya baada ya yeye kutoka<br />

jela katika masu<strong>al</strong>a ya t<strong>al</strong>aka – ndani ya m<strong>wa</strong>ka 721H. 42 Baada ya<br />

kurejea k<strong>wa</strong>ke Shaam ndani ya m<strong>wa</strong>ka 712H, <strong>al</strong>ijitolea muda <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />

mwingi kuandika kazi refu. 43 Aliku<strong>wa</strong> akiweka mkazo kwenye<br />

maandiko ambayo yameteng<strong>wa</strong> kumsifu yeye; 44 inaonesha<br />

k<strong>wa</strong>mba uharibifu wenye kuendelea kuhusiana na yeye kutoka<br />

k<strong>wa</strong> maadui zake na ubadilishaji <strong>wa</strong> maneno yake iliku<strong>wa</strong> ndio<br />

sababu ya hili.<br />

Hakuchelewesha kujibu masu<strong>al</strong>a ambayo y<strong>al</strong>ifika k<strong>wa</strong>ke na<br />

<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> mbunifu [<strong>wa</strong> kuandika vitabu] na <strong>al</strong>iandika kutoka<br />

kwenye akili yake aki<strong>wa</strong> kifungoni. 45<br />

Baadhi ya kazi zake ziliku<strong>wa</strong> ni 46:<br />

• Ibta<strong>al</strong> <strong>al</strong>-Hiy<strong>al</strong><br />

• Ikhtiyaraat Shayk <strong>al</strong>-Islaam<br />

• Al-Istighaathah<br />

• Al-Istiqaamah<br />

• Iqaamat ad-D<strong>al</strong>iyl ‘<strong>al</strong>aa Ibta<strong>al</strong> at-Tahliyl<br />

• Iqtidhaa' as-Siraat <strong>al</strong>-Mustaqiym Li Mukha<strong>al</strong>afah As-haab <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Jahiym<br />

• Aqsaam <strong>al</strong>-Qur-aan<br />

• Al-Ikliyl fiy at-Tashaabuh <strong>wa</strong>t-Taawiyl<br />

• Amtha<strong>al</strong> <strong>al</strong>-Qur-aan<br />

• Al-Amr bil Ma’ruuf <strong>wa</strong> an-Nahy ‘anil-Munkar<br />

• Al-Iymaan<br />

• Baghiyat <strong>al</strong>-Murtaad<br />

• Bayaan T<strong>al</strong>biys <strong>al</strong>-Jahmiyah fiy Taasiys Bida’ihim <strong>al</strong>-K<strong>al</strong>aamiyah<br />

• Tahriym as-Simaa’<br />

• At-Tuhfah <strong>al</strong>-‘Iraaqiyah fiy <strong>al</strong>-A’ma<strong>al</strong> <strong>al</strong>-Q<strong>al</strong>biyah<br />

• At-Tadmuriyyah<br />

41 Al-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong> an-Nihaayah, 14/229.<br />

42 Al-'Uquud ad-Durriyyah, uk. 327.<br />

43 Al-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong> an-Nihaayah, 14/67.<br />

44 Al-A'laam <strong>al</strong>-'Aliyyah, uk. 36-41, 42, 4 8 & 63 na <strong>al</strong>-Ka<strong>wa</strong>akib ad-Durriyyah,<br />

uk. 83-88<br />

45 Al-Waabil as-Sayyib of Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Qayyim, uk. 60, Daar <strong>al</strong>-Bayaan<br />

46 Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Ahmad Ibn Taymiyyah Rajul <strong>al</strong>-Islaah <strong>wa</strong> ad-Da’<strong>wa</strong>h, uk. 377-<br />

380<br />

33


• Ta’arudh <strong>al</strong>-Hasanaat <strong>wa</strong>s Sayi-aat<br />

• Ta’liyquh ‘<strong>al</strong>aa Futuuh <strong>al</strong>-Ghayb li-‘Abdil-Qaadir <strong>al</strong>-Kiylaaniy<br />

• Tafsiyr Suurah <strong>al</strong>-Ikhlaas<br />

• Tafsiyr Suuratay <strong>al</strong>-Maw’idhatayn<br />

• Tafsiyr Suurah an-Nuur<br />

• Tanbiyh ar-Rajul <strong>al</strong>-‘Aaqil ‘<strong>al</strong>aa Tamwiyh <strong>al</strong>-Jad<strong>al</strong> <strong>al</strong>-Baatil<br />

• Ja<strong>wa</strong>ab Ahl <strong>al</strong>-‘Ilm <strong>wa</strong>l Iymaan bit-Tahqiyq maa Akhbar bihi<br />

Rasuul ar-Rahmaan Min Anna (Qul Hu<strong>wa</strong> Allaahu Ahad Ta’dil<br />

Thuluth <strong>al</strong>-Qur-aan)<br />

• Al-Ja<strong>wa</strong>ab <strong>al</strong>-Baahir fiy Zu<strong>wa</strong>r <strong>al</strong>-Maqaaabir<br />

• Al-Ja<strong>wa</strong>ab as-S<strong>wa</strong>hiyh li man badd<strong>al</strong>a Diyn <strong>al</strong>-Masiyh<br />

• Hijaab <strong>al</strong>-Mar-at <strong>wa</strong> Libaasuha fiy as-S<strong>al</strong>aah<br />

• Al-Hisbah fiy <strong>al</strong>-Islaam<br />

• Al-Hasanah <strong>wa</strong>s Sayi-ah<br />

• Haqiyqah as-Siyaam<br />

• Al-Hamawiyyah <strong>al</strong>-Kubraa<br />

• Ad-Durah <strong>al</strong>-Mudhiy-ah fiy Fataa<strong>wa</strong> Ibn Taymiyyah (<strong>al</strong>-Fataa<strong>wa</strong>a<br />

<strong>al</strong>-Masriyah)<br />

• Daqaaiq at-Tafsiyr 1-6 volumes compiled by Muhamma as-Sayyid<br />

<strong>al</strong>-J<strong>al</strong>iynd<br />

• Ar-Radd ‘<strong>al</strong>aa <strong>al</strong>-Akhnaaiy fiy Mas-<strong>al</strong>ah az-Ziyaarah<br />

• Ar-Radd ‘<strong>al</strong>aa Taasiys at-Taqdiys lir-Raaziy<br />

• Risa<strong>al</strong>ah ilaa M<strong>al</strong>ik Qubrus – ar-Risa<strong>al</strong>ah <strong>al</strong>-Qubrusiyyah<br />

• Risa<strong>al</strong>ah fiy Amraadh <strong>al</strong>-Quluub <strong>wa</strong> Shifaa' uhaa<br />

• Sua<strong>al</strong> fiy Mu’aawiyah Ibn Abi Sufyaan<br />

• As-Siyaasah ash-Shar'iyyah li Islaah ar-Ra’iy <strong>wa</strong>r Ra’iyah<br />

• Sharh Hadiyth Abi Dharr Radhiya Allaahu ‘anhu (Yaa ‘Ibaadiy<br />

Ini Haramtu adh-Dhulm ‘<strong>al</strong>aa Nafsiy)<br />

• Sharh Hadiyth ( Innama <strong>al</strong>-A’ma<strong>al</strong> bin Niyyaat)<br />

• Sharh Hadiyth an-Nuzuul<br />

• Sharh ‘Aqiydah <strong>al</strong>-Asfahaniyyah<br />

• Sharh <strong>al</strong>-Muharrir – Ta’<strong>al</strong>iyquhu ‘<strong>al</strong>aa Kitaab <strong>al</strong>-Muharrir fiy <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Fiqh<br />

• As-Saarim <strong>al</strong>-Masluul '<strong>al</strong>aa Shaatim ar-Rasuul<br />

• As-Safadiyyah<br />

• Al-Furqaan bayna Awliyaa' ar-Rahmaan <strong>wa</strong> Awliyaa' ash-<br />

Shaytaan<br />

• Al-Furqaan bayna <strong>al</strong>-Haqq <strong>wa</strong> <strong>al</strong>-Baatil<br />

• Fiy Mihnatih bi Misr (Vitabu viwili)<br />

• Qaa'idah J<strong>al</strong>iylah fiy at-Ta<strong>wa</strong>ssul <strong>wa</strong> <strong>al</strong>-Wasiylah<br />

• Qaa’idah Shariyfah fiy <strong>al</strong>-Mu’jizaat <strong>wa</strong>l Karamaat<br />

34


• Qaa’dah fiy <strong>al</strong>-Ijma’<br />

• Qaa’idah fiy <strong>al</strong>-Isti’aadhahQaa’idah fiy ar-Radd ‘<strong>al</strong>aa Man Qa<strong>al</strong>a<br />

bi Fanaai <strong>al</strong>-Jannah <strong>wa</strong>n Naar<br />

• Qaa’idah fiy <strong>al</strong>-Mahabah<br />

• Qaa'idah fiy Tawhiyd <strong>al</strong>-Uluuhiyyah<br />

• Al-Qaa’dah <strong>al</strong>-Maraakishiyyah<br />

• Al-MaariDiyniyyah – <strong>al</strong>-Masaail <strong>al</strong>-Maaridiniyyah<br />

• Ma’arij <strong>al</strong>-Usuul ‘<strong>al</strong>aa Anna Usuul ad-Diyn <strong>wa</strong> Fur’uahu qad<br />

Bayyanaha ar-Rasuul<br />

• Muqaddimah fiy Usuul at-Tafsiyr<br />

• Mansak Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam<br />

• Mandhuumah fiy <strong>al</strong>-Qadar<br />

• Minhaaj us-Sunnah an-Nabawiyyah fiy Naqdh K<strong>al</strong>aam ash-<br />

Shiy’ah <strong>wa</strong>l Qadariyyah<br />

• Muaakhadhah li Ibn Hazm fiy Ijma’<br />

• An-Nubu<strong>wa</strong>at<br />

• Ar-Radd '<strong>al</strong>aa <strong>al</strong>-Mantiqiyyiyn<br />

• Al-Waasitah bayna <strong>al</strong>-Haqq <strong>wa</strong> <strong>al</strong>-Kh<strong>al</strong>q<br />

• Ar-Radd <strong>al</strong>-Aq<strong>wa</strong>n '<strong>al</strong>aa maa fiy Fusuus <strong>al</strong>-Hikam<br />

• Al-'Aqiydah <strong>al</strong>-Waasitiyyah<br />

• Al-Wasiyyah as-Sughraa<br />

• Al-Wasiyyah <strong>al</strong>-Kubraa<br />

• Daar Ta'aarudh <strong>al</strong>-'Aql <strong>wa</strong> an-Naql<br />

• Al-Madha<strong>al</strong>im <strong>al</strong>-Mushtarakah.<br />

• Naqd Maraatib <strong>al</strong>-ljmaa'<br />

Baadhi ya kazi zake zilizopo hapo juu zimeingiz<strong>wa</strong> ndani ya<br />

Majumu’ <strong>al</strong>-Fataa<strong>wa</strong>, ambacho ni mjumuisho <strong>wa</strong> maandiko na<br />

maamuzi yake y<strong>al</strong>iyowek<strong>wa</strong> pamoja na Ibn Qaasim na m<strong>wa</strong>nawe.<br />

SURA YA 6: ‘AQIYDAH, MANHAJ NA UPINZANI<br />

‘Aqiydah Na Manhaj Yake<br />

Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>ikana utumiaji <strong>wa</strong> k<strong>al</strong>am k<strong>wa</strong> ufahamu <strong>wa</strong><br />

Asmaa Wa Sifaat (Majina Matukufu na Sifa za Mola) k<strong>wa</strong>ni hiyo<br />

haiku<strong>wa</strong> ni mwenendo bora ulioanzish<strong>wa</strong> na S<strong>al</strong>af. Alitoa hoja<br />

k<strong>wa</strong>mba Mas<strong>wa</strong>haabah na vizazi vya m<strong>wa</strong>nzo havikukimbilia<br />

35


hifadhi ya maelezo ya kifilosofia katika ufahamu <strong>wa</strong> Majina<br />

Matukufu na Sifa zake. Aliendelea kutoa hoja k<strong>wa</strong>mba i<strong>wa</strong>po S<strong>al</strong>af<br />

<strong>wa</strong>ngeliona manufaa yoyote katika kupata hifadhi katika k<strong>al</strong>am<br />

<strong>wa</strong>ngelifanya hivyo na <strong>wa</strong>ngelihimiza. Hivyo, Ibn Taymiyyah<br />

<strong>al</strong>ituhumi<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>pinzani <strong>wa</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong>mba ni mtu <strong>al</strong>iyeku<strong>wa</strong> na<br />

elimu ya dini isiyostaarabika kutokana na msimamo <strong>wa</strong>ke katika<br />

Majina na Sifa za Mola.<br />

Ukweli ni k<strong>wa</strong>mba, ndani ya kitabu chake Kitabul Waasitiyyah, Ibn<br />

Taymiyyah amekana msimamo <strong>wa</strong> Mushabbihah (<strong>wa</strong>le<br />

<strong>wa</strong>naofananisha uumbaji <strong>wa</strong> Mungu: wenye elimu ya dini<br />

isiyostaarabika) na <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>naokaidi, kukana, na kukimbilia<br />

hifadhi ya tafsiri za kilahaja na kimaana kwenye Majina na Sifa<br />

tukufu. Ametoa hoja k<strong>wa</strong>mba mtindo <strong>wa</strong> S<strong>al</strong>af ni kuchukua njia ya<br />

kati na kati baina ya mipaka iliyochupa mpaka katika elimu ya<br />

dini isiyostaarabika na ile ya kukana. Akaendelea kueleza k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />

S<strong>al</strong>af <strong>wa</strong>mekub<strong>al</strong>i k<strong>wa</strong>mba Majina yote na Sifa za Mungu bila ya<br />

tashbiyh (kuanzisha mfananisho), takyiyif (kuchunguza ni k<strong>wa</strong><br />

namna “gani” zimegandana na utukufu), ta’tiyl (kukana/kukaidi<br />

maana za juu), na bila ya ta’wiyl (kuipa maana ndogo/ishara<br />

ambayo ni tofauti na maana ya juu).<br />

Mara nyingi husimuli<strong>wa</strong> tokeo maarufu la Ma<strong>al</strong>ik Ibn Anas<br />

ambaye <strong>al</strong>imjibu mtu moja k<strong>wa</strong> moja na k<strong>wa</strong> maneno machache<br />

kabisa ambaye <strong>al</strong>iuliza: Ni namna gani Mungu <strong>al</strong>iibuka (isti<strong>wa</strong>) juu<br />

ya ‘Arshi? Alijibu k<strong>wa</strong>mba uibukaji (isti<strong>wa</strong>) unajulikana, “vipi”<br />

hautambulikani, ku<strong>wa</strong> na imani juu ya hilo ni lazima, na kufanya<br />

uchunguzi na kuulizia kuhusiana na masu<strong>al</strong>a hayo ni uzushi<br />

wenye kulaumi<strong>wa</strong> (bid’ah). Hivyo Imaam M<strong>al</strong>ik anakub<strong>al</strong>i maana<br />

bora lakini bila ya kulinganisha, wenye kuanzisha unamna gani,<br />

na bila ya kutafuta hifadhi ya maana za kitashbihi.<br />

Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Ahmad Ibn ‘Abd <strong>al</strong>-H<strong>al</strong>iym Ibn Taymiyyah<br />

anatambulikana kama ni mmoja <strong>wa</strong> Mujaddid muhimu (mwenye<br />

kuufanya upya na kuuhuisha) Uislamu. I<strong>wa</strong>po jitihada za<br />

Mujaddid zinaz<strong>al</strong>isha matunda ndani ya enzi zake na kizazi chake,<br />

jitihada za Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah zimeanza kutoa<br />

matunda ndani ya enzi zake na zinaendelea kufanya hivyo hadi<br />

hii leo, Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong>lioathirika na <strong>wa</strong>tafutaji <strong>wa</strong> elimu na<br />

makundi ya Kiislamu yenye kutokana na Ahlus-Sunnah <strong>wa</strong>l-<br />

36


Jamaa’ah. Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong>ng<strong>al</strong>i <strong>wa</strong>narejea vitabu vyake katika<br />

ku<strong>wa</strong>kana maadui <strong>wa</strong> Uislamu miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> Mayahudi na<br />

Wakiristo na Madhehebu yanayodai ku<strong>wa</strong> yanatokana na Uislamu<br />

kama vile Maraafidhi (Shia), Huluulis na Jahamis, na madhehebu ya<br />

uzushi kama vile Ash’aris na Murji’is.<br />

Mafanikio yake ndani ya Nyanja za Fiqh, Hadiyth, tafsiyr na suluuk<br />

(njia za kujikurubisha karibu k<strong>wa</strong> Allaah) zinajulikana vyema<br />

kwetu hadi ku[to]hitajia kutoa mifano yoyote hapa. Vitabu vyake<br />

na maandiko yake yanashuhudia ushahidi katika hilo na <strong>wa</strong>la<br />

hahitajii yeyote miongoni mwetu kumsifia, isipoku<strong>wa</strong> elimu na<br />

Fiqh yake ni yenye kubaki na inashuhudia k<strong>wa</strong>mba hakuna<br />

anayeiikana isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> yule <strong>al</strong>iyeku<strong>wa</strong> mjinga na mkaidi.<br />

Viapo vya Maimamu <strong>wa</strong> enzi zake na enzi zilizofuata zinaonesha<br />

dhahiri k<strong>wa</strong> mtu mwenye akili iliyo <strong>wa</strong>zi uongo <strong>wa</strong> madai<br />

uliobuni<strong>wa</strong> na maadui <strong>wa</strong> Uislamu na maadui <strong>wa</strong> Sunnah dhidi ya<br />

Imaam [huyu] muhimu, na kuweka <strong>wa</strong>zi elimu yake, ufahamu<br />

<strong>wa</strong>ke na umakini <strong>wa</strong> hoja. Hivyo, tunaele<strong>wa</strong> sababu k<strong>wa</strong>nini <strong>wa</strong>tu<br />

<strong>wa</strong> kufr na uzushi <strong>wa</strong>nampiga vita dhidi yake, ni k<strong>wa</strong> sababu<br />

k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>al</strong>iivuruga misingi yao na “na kisha baadaye paa<br />

lika<strong>wa</strong>angukia chini yao, kutoka juu yao” (Rudia an-Nahl 16:26)<br />

Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam anaelezea ‘Aqiydah yake kis<strong>al</strong>afi 47 ndani ya<br />

fataa<strong>wa</strong>:<br />

“Vizazi vya m<strong>wa</strong>nzo vya Ummah huu na Maimamu <strong>wa</strong>o wote k<strong>wa</strong><br />

pamoja <strong>wa</strong>nakub<strong>al</strong>iana k<strong>wa</strong>mba hakuna chochote chenye<br />

kufanana na Allaah, sio katika asili Yake <strong>wa</strong>la sifa Zake au<br />

matendo Yake. Mmoja katika Maimamu <strong>al</strong>isema: Yeyote<br />

anayemlinganisha Allaah na uumbaji Wake ni kaafir, na yeyote<br />

anayekana k<strong>wa</strong>mba kile Allaah Alichojisifia Mwenyewe ni kaafir;<br />

47 Vizazi vitatu ambavyo vimesifi<strong>wa</strong> na Mtume Muhammad (S<strong>wa</strong>lla Allaahu<br />

‘<strong>al</strong>ayhi <strong>wa</strong> a<strong>al</strong>ihi <strong>wa</strong> s<strong>al</strong>lam) “Viumbe bora ni katika vizazi vyangu (au karne<br />

zangu), kisha <strong>wa</strong>nao<strong>wa</strong>fuata <strong>wa</strong>o, kisha <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>naokuja baada yao. Kisha<br />

<strong>wa</strong>takuja <strong>wa</strong>tu ambao ha<strong>wa</strong>toj<strong>al</strong>i i<strong>wa</strong>po matamshi yao yanakuja baada ya<br />

kiapo au kinyume chake (yaani, ha<strong>wa</strong>tochukulia umuhimu <strong>wa</strong> masu<strong>al</strong>a<br />

kiuzito <strong>wa</strong>ke).” (Imepoke<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>al</strong>-Bukhaariy, Muslim na at-Tirmidhiy).<br />

37


hakuna chochote ambacho Allaah Amejifananisha Mwenyewe au<br />

Mjumbe <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>al</strong>ichomlinganisha na Yeye.” 48<br />

Yeye (Rahimahu Allaah) pia amesema:<br />

“Tamko amb<strong>al</strong>o ni madhubuti kuhusiana na masu<strong>al</strong>a yote haya ni<br />

k<strong>wa</strong>mba Allaah Afananishwe kama vile Alivyojifananisha<br />

Mwenyewe au kama <strong>al</strong>ivyomfananisha Mjumbe Wake, na kama<br />

vizazi vya m<strong>wa</strong>nzo vilivyomfananisha, na sisi hatuhitajiki kuvuka<br />

mpaka k<strong>wa</strong> y<strong>al</strong>e yanayosema Qur-aan na Hadiyth.”<br />

Imaam Ahmad (Rahimahu Allaah) amesema: “Allaah<br />

asifananishwe isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> namna Aliyojifananisha Mwenyewe<br />

au kama <strong>al</strong>ivyomfananisha Mjumbe <strong>wa</strong>ke, na mtu asichupe mpaka<br />

dhidi ya Qur-aan na Hadiyth.”<br />

Mwenendo <strong>wa</strong> S<strong>al</strong>af uliku<strong>wa</strong> ni kumfananisha Allaah kama vile<br />

Alivyojifananisha Mwenyewe na kama Alivyomfananisha<br />

Mjumbe <strong>wa</strong>ke, bila ya kuharibu au kukana, na bila ya kuuliza ni<br />

namna gani au ulinganisho Wake na viumbe Vyake. Tunafahamu<br />

k<strong>wa</strong>mba y<strong>al</strong>e ambayo Allaah Amejifananisha nayo Mwenyewe ni<br />

kweli, na <strong>wa</strong>la hakuna maajabu au kitu chenye kubabaisha katika<br />

hilo, isipoku<strong>wa</strong> maana zake zieleweke k<strong>wa</strong> yule Mmoja Aliyesema<br />

hayo yaeleweke hivyo, has<strong>wa</strong> p<strong>al</strong>e mtu <strong>al</strong>iyesema hayo ni<br />

mwenye elimu zaidi k<strong>wa</strong> y<strong>al</strong>e anayosema kuliko <strong>wa</strong>tu wengine<br />

wote na mwenye kufahamika na mwenye kuweza kueleza kile<br />

anachokitaka kueleza, na mwenye ufasaha katika kueleza,<br />

kutafsiri na kuongoza.<br />

K<strong>wa</strong> kuengezea na yote haya, hakuna chochote kinachofanana na<br />

Allaah, aidha k<strong>wa</strong> h<strong>al</strong>i ya utukufu Wake au majina Yake na sifa au<br />

matendo. Tunaamini kisa<strong>wa</strong>sa<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba Yeye ana h<strong>al</strong>i ya kweli<br />

na k<strong>wa</strong>mba Ana matendo ya kweli, na sifa za kweli. Hakuna<br />

chochote chenye kufanana na Yeye, h<strong>al</strong>i yake, sifa au matendo.<br />

I<strong>wa</strong>po kuna chochote kinachomaanisha upungufu au k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />

Yeye ana m<strong>wa</strong>nzo, Yupo mb<strong>al</strong>i kabisa na hilo k<strong>wa</strong> ukweli has<strong>wa</strong>,<br />

na Yeye afikiriwe ku<strong>wa</strong> ni mkamilifu katika namna ambayo<br />

hakuna ukamilifu juu yake. Yeye hana m<strong>wa</strong>nzo na hakuna<br />

uwezekano <strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba Yeye ameumb<strong>wa</strong>, k<strong>wa</strong> sababu hakuna<br />

48 Fataa<strong>wa</strong> ya Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam (2/126).<br />

38


<strong>wa</strong>kati ambao yeye hakuwepo. K<strong>wa</strong> kitu chochote kuweza<br />

kuumb<strong>wa</strong> kinamaanisha k<strong>wa</strong>mba kuliku<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>wa</strong>kati ambao<br />

hakukuwepo, na k<strong>wa</strong>mba uumbaji huo unahitaji muumbaji, lakini<br />

Yeye Ameendelea kuwepo tokea enzi zote.<br />

Muono <strong>wa</strong> S<strong>al</strong>af ni ule <strong>wa</strong> usasa, sio k<strong>wa</strong> kukana sifa tukufu <strong>wa</strong>la<br />

kumlinganisha Allaah na viumbe Vyake. Ha<strong>wa</strong>zilinganishi sifa za<br />

Allaah katika sifa za viumbe Vyake, kama ambavyo<br />

ha<strong>wa</strong>ilinganishi h<strong>al</strong>i Yake na h<strong>al</strong>i ya viumbe Vyake. Ha<strong>wa</strong>kaidi<br />

k<strong>wa</strong>mba y<strong>al</strong>e ambayo Amejisifia Mwenyewe au y<strong>al</strong>e ambayo<br />

Mjumbe Wake Amemsifia, inayopelekea kukana majina Yake<br />

matukufu na sifa zinazovuta hisia, na kuyatoa maneno kutoka<br />

sehemu (yake) sahihi (rudia an-Nisaa 4:46) na kuyakimbia majina<br />

na <strong>al</strong>ama za Allaah (Fusswilat 41:40).<br />

Wote <strong>wa</strong>naokana sifa za Allaah na <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>naomlinganisha Yeye<br />

k<strong>wa</strong> viumbe Vyake ni wenye hatia ya makosa yote. W<strong>al</strong>e<br />

<strong>wa</strong>naokaidi Sifa zake na kushind<strong>wa</strong> kuele<strong>wa</strong> majina yake na sifa<br />

za Allaah isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> namna ambayo inanufaisha viumbe hai,<br />

k<strong>wa</strong> hiyo <strong>wa</strong>nakana dhana hizi na hivyo kuunganisha makosa<br />

yote; a<strong>wa</strong>li ya yote <strong>wa</strong>memlinganisha Yeye na viumbe Vyake,<br />

kisha <strong>wa</strong>kakana sifa Zake kutokana na hilo. K<strong>wa</strong>mba ulinganisho<br />

<strong>wa</strong> majina hayo na sifa ni k<strong>wa</strong> kuweza kueleweka kutokana na<br />

majina na sifa za viumbe Vyake, kisha <strong>wa</strong>kakana sifa ambazo<br />

Anastahiki ku<strong>wa</strong> nazo ambazo ni zake Allaah, Mwenye<br />

kushukuri<strong>wa</strong> na kusif<strong>wa</strong>. 49<br />

Jibu k<strong>wa</strong> W<strong>al</strong>e Wanaodai K<strong>wa</strong>mba Alikuwe ni Mwenye Elimu<br />

Ya Diyn Isiyostaarabika<br />

Ibn Hajar <strong>al</strong>-Haythamiy (ni mmoja <strong>wa</strong> fuqaha mkub<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong> ki<br />

Shaafi’iy, <strong>al</strong>iyekufa m<strong>wa</strong>ka 974 AH na ni mtu ambaye ni<br />

mwengine kinyme na Ibn Hajar <strong>al</strong>’Asq<strong>al</strong>aaniy, m<strong>wa</strong>ndishi <strong>wa</strong> Fath-<strong>al</strong>-Baariy<br />

<strong>al</strong>iyefariki m<strong>wa</strong>ka 852 AH) ame<strong>wa</strong>tolea hoja Ma<strong>shaykh</strong><br />

<strong>wa</strong>wili <strong>wa</strong> Uislamu, Ibn Taymiyyah na m<strong>wa</strong>nafunzi <strong>wa</strong>ke Ibn <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Qayyim, k<strong>wa</strong> mapana sana na ku<strong>wa</strong>tuhumu k<strong>wa</strong>mba ni wenye<br />

kumuelezea Allaah katika maelezo ya kimaumbo,<br />

49 Fataa<strong>wa</strong> Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam (5/26-27)<br />

39


<strong>wa</strong>kimlinganisha yeye na viumbe Vyake, na imani nyengine zisizo<br />

na mashiko. Lakini <strong>al</strong>ijibi<strong>wa</strong> na wengi, ambao <strong>wa</strong>lieleza uongo <strong>wa</strong><br />

y<strong>al</strong>e <strong>al</strong>iyoyaeleza na kufafanua k<strong>wa</strong>mba Maimamu hao <strong>wa</strong>wili<br />

<strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> safi <strong>wa</strong> imani yoyote inayokwenda kinyume na Qur-aan<br />

na Sunnah. Mmoja <strong>wa</strong> Wanachuoni ha<strong>wa</strong> <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni:<br />

• Al-Mulla ‘Aliy Qaariy (Rahimahu Allaah), ambaye amesema,<br />

baada ya kunukuu tuhuma za Ibn Hajar <strong>al</strong>-Haythamiy dhidi<br />

yao na hoja zake dhidi ya ‘Aqiydah zao:<br />

Ninasema: Allaah A<strong>wa</strong>linde <strong>wa</strong>o – yaani Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Qayyim na<br />

Shaykh <strong>wa</strong>ke Ibn Taymiyyah – kutokana na tuhuma kub<strong>wa</strong><br />

kabisa. Yule ambaye anasoma Sharh Manaazil as-Saa’iriyn cha<br />

Nadiym <strong>al</strong>-Baariy <strong>al</strong>-Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Ansaariy, ambaye ni Shaykh <strong>wa</strong><br />

Uislamu k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> Masufi, ataona k<strong>wa</strong> u<strong>wa</strong>zi k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />

<strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> ni miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> Ahl <strong>al</strong>-Sunnah <strong>wa</strong>l-Jamaa’ah na k<strong>wa</strong><br />

hakika ni miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> awliya’ (marafiki <strong>wa</strong> karibu <strong>wa</strong><br />

Allaah) <strong>wa</strong> Ummah huu. Miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> <strong>al</strong>iyosema ndani ya<br />

kitabu kilichotaj<strong>wa</strong> ni yafuatayo:<br />

“Maneno haya ya Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam yanadhihirisha nafasi yake<br />

kama ni M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni mkub<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong> Ahlus-Sunnah, na nafasi<br />

yake miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> Wanachuoni, na inaonesha k<strong>wa</strong>mba yeye<br />

ni msafi k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le maadui <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> ki Jahami <strong>wa</strong>nayomtuhumu<br />

nao, k<strong>wa</strong>mba amemlinganisha Allaah na viumbe Vyake, kama<br />

vile Maraafidhi <strong>wa</strong>navyo<strong>wa</strong>tuhumu <strong>wa</strong>o ku<strong>wa</strong> ni ma Naasibis,<br />

na Naasibis <strong>wa</strong>na<strong>wa</strong>tuhumu <strong>wa</strong>o ku<strong>wa</strong> ni Maraafidhi, na<br />

Mu’tazilah <strong>wa</strong>na<strong>wa</strong>tuhumu <strong>wa</strong>o ku<strong>wa</strong> ni wenye elimu ya dini<br />

isiyostaarabika. Huo ndio urithi <strong>wa</strong> maadui <strong>wa</strong> Mjumbe <strong>wa</strong><br />

Allaah (S<strong>wa</strong>lla Allaahu ‘<strong>al</strong>ayhi <strong>wa</strong> a<strong>al</strong>ihi <strong>wa</strong> s<strong>al</strong>lam) ambao<br />

<strong>wa</strong>namtuhumu yeye na <strong>wa</strong>fuasi <strong>wa</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong> kubuni dini mpya.<br />

Na huu ni urithi ambao Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong> Hadiyth na Sunnah<br />

kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> Mtume <strong>wa</strong>o na k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> uongo<br />

<strong>wa</strong>na<strong>wa</strong>pa <strong>wa</strong>o an<strong>wa</strong>ni za kijinai.<br />

Allaah Ainyanyue roho ya ash-Shafi’iy, ambaye amesema p<strong>al</strong>e<br />

<strong>al</strong>ipotuhumi<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> ni Raafidhi:<br />

I<strong>wa</strong>po ku<strong>wa</strong> ni Raafidhi inamaanisha ku<strong>wa</strong> na mapenzi na<br />

familia ya Muhammad, basi <strong>wa</strong>ache makabila mawili (ya<br />

binaadamu na majini) kushuhudia k<strong>wa</strong>mba mimi ni Raafidhi.<br />

40


Allaah Amrehemu Shaykh wetu Abul-‘Abbaas Ibn Taymiyyah<br />

p<strong>al</strong>e <strong>al</strong>iposema:<br />

I<strong>wa</strong>po ku<strong>wa</strong> ni Naasibi inamaanisha ku<strong>wa</strong> na mapenzi na<br />

familia ya Muhammad, basi <strong>wa</strong>ache makabila mawili (ya<br />

binaadamu na majini) kushuhudia k<strong>wa</strong>mba mimi ni Naasibi.<br />

Allaah Amrehemu <strong>wa</strong> tatu – Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Qayyim – p<strong>al</strong>e <strong>al</strong>iposema:<br />

I<strong>wa</strong>po ku<strong>wa</strong> ni mwenye elimu ya dini isiyostaarabika<br />

inamaanisha ku<strong>wa</strong> na msimamo thabiti <strong>wa</strong> sifa tukufu na<br />

kuzinasibisha hizo ku<strong>wa</strong> juu ya maana ya muongo, Basi<br />

shukrani zote ni za Allaah, mimi ni mwenye elimu ya dini<br />

isiyostaarabika, <strong>wa</strong>lete mashahidi <strong>wa</strong>ko.” 50<br />

• Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong> Kamati ya Juu <strong>wa</strong>liuliz<strong>wa</strong>:<br />

Watu <strong>wa</strong>nasema k<strong>wa</strong>mba Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> sio mmoja<br />

<strong>wa</strong> Ahl <strong>al</strong>-Sunnah <strong>wa</strong>l-Jamaa’ah, na k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>al</strong>ipotea na<br />

ku<strong>wa</strong>potosha wengine, na k<strong>wa</strong>mba hili ni k<strong>wa</strong> maoni ya Ibn<br />

Hajar na wengineo. Je k<strong>wa</strong> hayo <strong>wa</strong>nayoeleza ni kweli au la?<br />

Wakajibu:<br />

Shaykh Ahmad Ibn ‘Abdul-H<strong>al</strong>iym Ibn Taymiyyah ni mmoja<br />

<strong>wa</strong> Maimamu <strong>wa</strong> Ahl <strong>al</strong>-Sunnah <strong>wa</strong>l-Jamaa’ah, ambaye <strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong>ita<br />

<strong>wa</strong>tu katika ukweli na katika njia sahihi. Allaah <strong>al</strong>iisimamisha<br />

Sunnah k<strong>wa</strong> kumtumia yeye na ku<strong>wa</strong>vunja nguvu <strong>wa</strong>fuasi <strong>wa</strong><br />

uzushi na uzushi na ukafiri. Yule ambaye anamtambua kama ni<br />

mwengine zaidi ya hivyo ni yule ambaye ni mzushi na<br />

amepotea na ana<strong>wa</strong>potosha wengine. Wamesikia mambo ya<br />

uongo kuhusiana naye, na <strong>wa</strong>nafikiria k<strong>wa</strong>mba ukweli uliku<strong>wa</strong><br />

ni uongo na uongo uliku<strong>wa</strong> ni ukweli. Hayo yanatambuli<strong>wa</strong> na<br />

yule ambaye Allaah anamuongoza na yule anayesoma kitabu<br />

chake na vitabu vya <strong>wa</strong>pinzani <strong>wa</strong>ke, na kulinganisha <strong><strong>wa</strong>sifu</strong><br />

50 Mirqaah <strong>al</strong>-Mafaatiyh by <strong>al</strong>-Mulla ‘Aliy Qaari (8/146, 147). Maneno y<strong>al</strong>iyo<br />

baina ya <strong>al</strong>ama za nukuu “” zilinukuli<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>al</strong>-Mulla ‘Aliy Qaari kutoka k<strong>wa</strong><br />

Imaam Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Qayyim, kutoka katika kitabu chake cha Madaarij <strong>al</strong>-Sa<strong>al</strong>ikeen<br />

bayna Manaazil Iyyaaka Na’budu <strong>wa</strong> Iyyaaka Nasta’een (2/87, 88).<br />

41


<strong>wa</strong>ke na <strong>wa</strong>o. Hii ni bora na ushahidi thabiti baina ya pande<br />

hizo mbili. 51<br />

Hivyo i<strong>wa</strong>po tunatambua hapa k<strong>wa</strong>mba y<strong>al</strong>e y<strong>al</strong>iyoelez<strong>wa</strong> na<br />

<strong>wa</strong>tu k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni mwenye elimu ya dini isiyostaarabika<br />

na <strong>al</strong>ikufuru ‘Aqiydah sahihi na kumlinganisha Allaah, Allaah<br />

Atukuzwe, na sifa za viumbe Vyake, ni uongo uzushi ulio <strong>wa</strong>zi na<br />

uongo ulio dhahiri dhidi ya Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam na mtindo <strong>wa</strong>ke na<br />

‘Aqiydah. Yeyote anayesoma aina ya vitabu vyake vikub<strong>wa</strong> ama<br />

vidogo at<strong>al</strong>itambua hilo.<br />

Jihaad Yake<br />

SURA YA 7: JIHAAD, MITIHANI NA KIFO<br />

Maisha ya Ibn Taymiyyah y<strong>al</strong>itengana (na maisha ya <strong>wa</strong>tu<br />

wengine) k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> na sifa kub<strong>wa</strong> kub<strong>wa</strong> za kuamrisha mema,<br />

kukataza maovu na kufanya Jihaad k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya Allaah,<br />

<strong>al</strong>ichanganyisha nafasi yake ya kusomesha, utoaji <strong>wa</strong> fat<strong>wa</strong> za<br />

kisheria na uandishi pamoja na matendo yenye nafasi ya juu<br />

kabisa. Ukweli ni k<strong>wa</strong>mba, maisha yake yote y<strong>al</strong>izunguk<strong>wa</strong> na<br />

Jihaad. Pamoja na maelezo mafupi mno ya kuang<strong>al</strong>ia maisha yake<br />

ndani ya nyanja hii, tunaweza kuona idadi kadhaa ya matukio:<br />

Jihaad Yake Katika Kuamrisha Mema na Kukataza Maovu<br />

51 Shaykh ‘Abdul-‘Aziyz Ibn Baaz, Shaykh ‘Abdur-Razzaaq ‘Afiyfiy, Shaykh<br />

‘Abdullaah Ibn Ghadyaan, Shaykh ‘Abdullaah Ibn Qa’uud. Fataa<strong>wa</strong> <strong>al</strong>-Lajnah<br />

<strong>al</strong>-Daa’imah (2/451, 254).<br />

42


• Uharibifu <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> masanamu na maeneo, kama vile<br />

uharibifu <strong>wa</strong> nguzo, ndani ya Masjid at-Taariykh huko<br />

Damascus, ambao <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kiiombea kutokana na<br />

nguzo hiyo Baraka, 52 na vitu vyote ambavyo viliku<strong>wa</strong><br />

vikitumika k<strong>wa</strong> kuviabudia kinyume na Allaah na ambavyo<br />

ku<strong>wa</strong>zuia <strong>wa</strong>tu kuzuru sehemu kama hizo. Tendo hili<br />

kakamavu lilitanguli<strong>wa</strong> na hatua mbili: k<strong>wa</strong>nza, k<strong>wa</strong><br />

kueleza ukweli <strong>wa</strong> sehemu hizi (zinazodhani<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />

tukufu) ambazo nyingi zao zilisimuli<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> uharibifu na<br />

k<strong>wa</strong>mba makaburi mengi ambayo yakitukuz<strong>wa</strong> na<br />

kufanyi<strong>wa</strong> ziara k<strong>wa</strong>yo, ukweli ni k<strong>wa</strong>mba y<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> hayana<br />

mnasaba wowote k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>nao<strong>wa</strong>sifia nao. 53 Pili, k<strong>wa</strong><br />

njia ya mijad<strong>al</strong>a ya kita<strong>al</strong>amu kupitia mahojiano ya moja<br />

k<strong>wa</strong> moja, vitabu na barua, na kuelezea shirki hiyo na uzushi<br />

unaoungama katika matendo kama hayo na pia kupitia<br />

u<strong>wa</strong>silishaji <strong>wa</strong> maoni ya <strong>wa</strong>pinzani na kuzikana hoja zao.<br />

• Aliandika barua k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>al</strong>iyeku<strong>wa</strong> Mf<strong>al</strong>me <strong>wa</strong> Ukiristo nchini<br />

Cyprus akimu<strong>al</strong>ika katika Uislamu na kuweka <strong>wa</strong>zi uongo<br />

na ufisadi unaofany<strong>wa</strong> na mapadri na <strong>wa</strong>ta<strong>wa</strong> h<strong>al</strong>i ya ku<strong>wa</strong><br />

<strong>wa</strong>kiele<strong>wa</strong> vyema k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> juu ya upotovu. Baada<br />

ya kutaja uchaji Mungu <strong>wa</strong> Mf<strong>al</strong>me, mapenzi yake ya elimu<br />

na tabia zake nzuri k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu, Ibn Taymiyyah baadaye<br />

akamu<strong>al</strong>ika kuingia katika Uislamu na kufuata imani sahihi.<br />

Alifanza hivi katika mtindo laini na wenye maelezo<br />

yanayoelezea uta<strong>al</strong>amu <strong>wa</strong>ke, na akimuhimiza ku<strong>wa</strong> na<br />

ukarimu mbele ya Waislamu <strong>wa</strong>liopo nchini Cyprus, <strong>wa</strong>la<br />

asithubutu kubadili dini ya hata mmoja miongoni m<strong>wa</strong>o. 54<br />

Pia <strong>al</strong>iingia kwenye mijad<strong>al</strong>a pamoja na Wakiristo, baadhi<br />

52 Nahiyyah min Shaykhul-lslaam Ibn Taymiyyah, uk. 10-11; <strong>al</strong>-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong> an-<br />

Nihaayah, 13/34; as-Suluuk li Ma'rifah Du<strong>wa</strong>l <strong>al</strong>-Muluuk cha <strong>al</strong>-Miqriyziy, na<br />

Badaa'i' az-Zuhuur fiy Waqaa'i' ad-Duhuur cha Muhammad Ibn Ahmad Ibn<br />

'Iyaas <strong>al</strong>-Hanafiy<br />

53 Rudia katika Ra-s <strong>al</strong>-Husayn cha Ibn Taymiyyah kilichoandik<strong>wa</strong> kwenye<br />

Majmu’ '<strong>al</strong>-Fataa<strong>wa</strong>a, Sura ya 27 na pia 17/500, 27/173 na 27/61 katika mada<br />

ya kaburi la Nuuh.<br />

54 Risa<strong>al</strong>ah <strong>al</strong>-Qubrussiyah ya Ibn Taymiyyah, ndani ya Majmu’ <strong>al</strong>-Fataa<strong>wa</strong>a,<br />

Sura ya 28. Hii inapatikana iki<strong>wa</strong> na tafsiri pamoja na barua kadhaa za Ibn<br />

Taymiyyah: Barua za Ibn Taymiyyah kutoka Jela, kimechapish<strong>wa</strong> na Ujumbe <strong>wa</strong><br />

Uislamu (Message of Islam), U.K.<br />

43


yake yeye mwenyewe <strong>al</strong>iinukuu ndani ya kitabu chake cha<br />

<strong>al</strong>-Ja<strong>wa</strong>ab as-S<strong>wa</strong>hiyh. 55<br />

• Alifanya vikao vingi dhidi ya Suufiyyah. Moja ya kikao chake<br />

maarufu kiliku<strong>wa</strong> dhidi ya Bataa'ihiyyah. 56 Ali<strong>wa</strong>kana na<br />

kuweka <strong>wa</strong>zi tabia zao za kishetani kama vile kuingia ndani<br />

ya moto na kutoka bila ya jeraha na madai yao k<strong>wa</strong>mba hilo<br />

ni kuonesha miujiza yao ya kiasili. Alieleza k<strong>wa</strong>mba hata<br />

kama <strong>wa</strong>kifanya hivi au kuruka angani, haitoku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />

ushahidi k<strong>wa</strong>mba yanaweza kutumika kutangaza ukiuk<strong>wa</strong>ji<br />

<strong>wa</strong>o <strong>wa</strong> Shari’ah ku<strong>wa</strong> ni sahihi. 57 Ali<strong>wa</strong>pa changamoto k<strong>wa</strong><br />

ku<strong>wa</strong>taka kuingia kwenye moto pamoja nae k<strong>wa</strong> masharti<br />

k<strong>wa</strong>mba a<strong>wa</strong>li ya yote <strong>wa</strong>jikoshe k<strong>wa</strong> siki na maji ya moto.<br />

Hatimaye, <strong>wa</strong>liwek<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zi na kushind<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>wa</strong>kakub<strong>al</strong>i<br />

utiifu <strong>wa</strong> moja k<strong>wa</strong> moja katika Kitabu na Sunnah. 58<br />

• Ndani ya m<strong>wa</strong>ka 699H, yeye na idadi kadhaa ya sahibu zake<br />

<strong>wa</strong>liinukia dhidi ya baadhi ya <strong>wa</strong>levi; <strong>wa</strong>kavunja vyombo<br />

vyao, kum<strong>wa</strong>ga ulevi <strong>wa</strong>o na ku<strong>wa</strong>tiisha k<strong>wa</strong> adhabu idadi<br />

yao kadhaa, [tendo amb<strong>al</strong>o] lili<strong>wa</strong>fanya <strong>wa</strong>tu kutoka nje na<br />

kushangilia jambo hili. 59<br />

• Ama k<strong>wa</strong> vikao vyake dhidi ya <strong>wa</strong>ta<strong>wa</strong>la, viliku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />

maarufu. Moja kati ya kikao chake maarufu mno kiliku<strong>wa</strong><br />

dhidi ya Ghaazaan, mta<strong>wa</strong>la <strong>wa</strong> Tartar. Katika kipindi<br />

ambacho Tartar <strong>wa</strong>liamuru vitisho na uta<strong>wa</strong>la [<strong>wa</strong><br />

kidh<strong>al</strong>imu], <strong>al</strong>izungumza k<strong>wa</strong> mta<strong>wa</strong>la aki<strong>wa</strong> na maneno<br />

mak<strong>al</strong>i kuhusiana na vitendo vyao, <strong>wa</strong>kitandaza ufisadi na<br />

kwenda kinyume na vik<strong>wa</strong>zo vya Waislamu h<strong>al</strong>i ya ku<strong>wa</strong><br />

55 Al-Ja<strong>wa</strong>ab as-S<strong>wa</strong>hiyh li man Badd<strong>al</strong>a Diyn <strong>al</strong>-Masiyh cha Ibn Taymiyyah,<br />

2/172.<br />

56 Wanatambulika kama ni <strong>al</strong>-Ahmadiyyah na ar-Rafaa’iyyah kutokana na<br />

kujisifia k<strong>wa</strong>o k<strong>wa</strong> muanzilishi <strong>wa</strong>o Ahmad ar-Rufaa’iy, mz<strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong> kutoka kijiji<br />

kimoja cha <strong>al</strong>-Bataa’ih.<br />

57 Imaam ash-Shaafi’iy (Rahimahu Allaahu), amesema: “I<strong>wa</strong>po umeona mtu<br />

anatembea juu ya maji au akiruka ndani ya anga, basi usimuamini hadi<br />

uhakikishe kisa<strong>wa</strong>sa<strong>wa</strong> mnasaba <strong>wa</strong>ke mbele ya Sunnah.”<br />

58 Majmu’ <strong>al</strong>-Fataa<strong>wa</strong>a, 11/456-457, <strong>al</strong>-'Uquud ad-Durriyyah, uk.194 na <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong> an-Nihaayah 14/36.<br />

59 Al-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong> an-Nihaayah, 14/122-123. Baadhi ya matokeo ambayo<br />

Shaykh <strong>al</strong>ishiriki y<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> bila ya shaka yakifanyika k<strong>wa</strong> muongozo <strong>wa</strong><br />

misingi iliyoshikamana na uamrishaji mema na ukatazaji maovu. Yeye<br />

mwenyewe Ibn Taymiyyah amejadili miongozo hiyo katika kijitabu chake cha<br />

<strong>al</strong>-Amr bil-Ma'ruuf <strong>wa</strong>n-Nahy 'anil-Munkar.<br />

44


<strong>wa</strong>o wenyewe <strong>wa</strong>kidai ku<strong>wa</strong> ni Waislamu. Vivyo hivyo,<br />

maneno yake mazito k<strong>wa</strong> Sultan an-Naasir, y<strong>al</strong>imlazimu<br />

Sultan huyo kuacha kutekeleza tendo amb<strong>al</strong>o h<strong>al</strong>iruhusiki. 60<br />

• Ibn Taymiyyah pia <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ana<strong>wa</strong>athiri <strong>wa</strong>ta<strong>wa</strong>la kurudia<br />

kwenye jukumu lao la kuamrisha mema na kukataza maovu.<br />

Mfano <strong>wa</strong> hili ni p<strong>al</strong>e rush<strong>wa</strong> ilipotanda mno na ikaja<br />

kutambulika kama ni zana ya kuwezesha kupata nafasi za<br />

kiofisi na pia katika kukimbia adhabu ya kifo mnamo<br />

m<strong>wa</strong>ka 712H, amri rasmi ikapelek<strong>wa</strong> Damascus, kutoka k<strong>wa</strong><br />

Sultan, ikieleza k<strong>wa</strong>mba hakuna mtu yeyote<br />

atakayeruhusika kupati<strong>wa</strong> nafasi au ofisi kupitia njia za pesa<br />

au rush<strong>wa</strong> na k<strong>wa</strong>mba muuaji ahukumiwe k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong><br />

Sharia’ah; amri hii imetokana na ushauri <strong>wa</strong> Ibn<br />

Taymiyyah. 61<br />

Kuna mifano mengine inayofafanua jitihada za Ibn Taymiyyah<br />

(Rahimahu Allaah), katika kuamrisha mema na kukataza maovu.<br />

Nitaeleza baadhi ya matukio hayo hapa chini k<strong>wa</strong> upana:<br />

Jihaad yake dhidi ya Wazushi na Madhehebu Potofu<br />

Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>ijitolea jitihada yake sana<br />

katika kuyakana madhehebu tofauti mb<strong>al</strong>imb<strong>al</strong>i. Yeye binafsi<br />

<strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong>hi k<strong>wa</strong> mwili <strong>wa</strong>ke ku<strong>wa</strong>pa changamoto baadhi ya <strong>wa</strong>tu<br />

kutoka dhehebu la kiza<strong>wa</strong> la Kisufi, amb<strong>al</strong>o likitambulikana kama<br />

ni Bataa’ihiyyah amb<strong>al</strong>o lilijihusisha kwenye michezo kama vile<br />

kutembea juu ya moto ili ku<strong>wa</strong>shangaza jamii kub<strong>wa</strong> ya <strong>wa</strong>tu.<br />

Ali<strong>wa</strong>omba kutembea pamoja naye juu ya moto k<strong>wa</strong> sharti<br />

k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>jioshe wenyewe k<strong>wa</strong>nza k<strong>wa</strong> siki na maji ya moto.<br />

Ukataaji <strong>wa</strong>o uliziweka <strong>wa</strong>zi ujinga <strong>wa</strong>o, na hivyo Ibn Taymiyyah<br />

akauweka <strong>wa</strong>zi uongo <strong>wa</strong> dhehebu la Bataa’ihiyyah. 62<br />

H<strong>al</strong>ikadh<strong>al</strong>ika, <strong>al</strong>imkana Muhiyyudin Ibn Arabi na upotofu <strong>wa</strong><br />

Wahdat <strong>al</strong>-Wujuud.<br />

60 Al-Uquud ad-Durriyyah, pg. 281; <strong>al</strong>-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong> an-Nihaayah, 14/54; <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Ka<strong>wa</strong>akib ad-Durriyyah, uk. 138.<br />

61 Al-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong> an-Nihaayah, 14/66.<br />

62 Majmu’ <strong>al</strong>-Fataa<strong>wa</strong>a, (11/456-457), na <strong>al</strong>-Bidayah <strong>wa</strong>n-Nihayah (14/36)<br />

45


Ibn Hajar <strong>al</strong>isema, ‘... Kutokana na sifa za ajabu za mtu huyu<br />

(yaani Ibn Taymiyyah) iliku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni mtu mwenye<br />

nguvu sana miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu dhidi ya <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> uzushi,<br />

Mara<strong>wa</strong>afidhah, Mahuluuliyyah, na Waittihaadiyyah, na kazi<br />

zake katika hili ni nyingi na maarufu, na fataa<strong>wa</strong> katika hayo<br />

hazina idadi... Ni <strong>wa</strong>jibu <strong>wa</strong> mtu, ambaye ni mta<strong>al</strong>amu <strong>wa</strong> elimu<br />

na amepata ufahamu k<strong>wa</strong>mba atilie maanani maneno ya mtu<br />

ambaye imeegemea (elimu yake) katika vitabu vyake maarufu au<br />

kutokana na ndimi za <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>aminifu <strong>wa</strong>naofikisha maneno<br />

yake k<strong>wa</strong> usahihi – kisha kujitenga na y<strong>al</strong>e yote y<strong>al</strong>iyokan<strong>wa</strong> na<br />

kujiamuru kutokana nayo k<strong>wa</strong> lengo la kutoa ushauri sahihi na<br />

kumshukuru k<strong>wa</strong> sifa zake nzuri kabisa na k<strong>wa</strong> y<strong>al</strong>e <strong>al</strong>iyoku<strong>wa</strong><br />

sahihi kama ilivyo njia ya Wanachuoni.<br />

I<strong>wa</strong>po hakuna sifa zozote za Shaykh Taqiyud-Diyn isipoku<strong>wa</strong><br />

k<strong>wa</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nafunzi <strong>wa</strong>ke maarufu Shaykh Shamsud-Diyn Ibn<br />

Qayyim <strong>al</strong>-Jawziyyah, m<strong>wa</strong>ndishi <strong>wa</strong> kazi nyingi, ambazo<br />

kutokana nazo <strong>wa</strong>pinzani na <strong>wa</strong>fuasi <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong>linufaika nazo, basi<br />

hii itaku<strong>wa</strong> ni ushahidi tosha <strong>wa</strong> nafasi yake adhimu (Ibn<br />

Taymiyyah). Na k<strong>wa</strong>nini iwe vyenginevyo p<strong>al</strong>e ambapo<br />

Maimamu <strong>wa</strong> Kishaafi na wengine, <strong>wa</strong>la usizungumzie<br />

Mahanb<strong>al</strong>i, katika kipindi chake kuthibitisha sayansi yake (ya<br />

Kiislamu) muhimu. 63<br />

Ama k<strong>wa</strong> mnasaba <strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong>kana <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> uzushi na hatari<br />

<strong>wa</strong>liyonayo k<strong>wa</strong> Waislamu, Ibn Taymiyyah amesema, ‘Pindipo<br />

baadhi ya <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>lipomuuliza Imaam Ahmad Ibn Hanb<strong>al</strong><br />

k<strong>wa</strong>mba ha<strong>wa</strong>jisikii vizuri katika ku<strong>wa</strong>kana <strong>wa</strong>tu, <strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong>jibu,<br />

‘I<strong>wa</strong>po mimi ni <strong>wa</strong> kukaa kimya, ni namna gani <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>jinga<br />

<strong>wa</strong>lio wengi <strong>wa</strong>tauele<strong>wa</strong> ukweli kutokana na uongo?’ W<strong>al</strong>e<br />

<strong>wa</strong>lioanzisha maandiko ya kipotofu ambayo yanapingana na Quraan<br />

na Sunnah na <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>liozua mambo ya ibada, basi ni <strong>wa</strong>jibu<br />

juu yao k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>elezewe na k<strong>wa</strong>mba Waislamu<br />

<strong>wa</strong>tahadharishwe dhidi yao – k<strong>wa</strong> makub<strong>al</strong>iano ya Wanachuoni<br />

Waislamu <strong>wa</strong>lio wengi. Ukweli ni k<strong>wa</strong>mba, p<strong>al</strong>e Imaam Ahmad<br />

bin Hanb<strong>al</strong> <strong>al</strong>ipouliz<strong>wa</strong> kuhusiana na mtu anayefunga, kus<strong>wa</strong>li na<br />

kujitenga pekee ndani ya Msikiti k<strong>wa</strong> ibada; i<strong>wa</strong>po ataku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />

63 Imetokana na ridhaa ya Ibn Hajr iliyopo mwisho m<strong>wa</strong> kitabu cha 'Radd <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Waafir'.<br />

46


mtu muhimu k<strong>wa</strong>ke kuliko mtu anayezungumza dhidi ya<br />

<strong>wa</strong>zushi? Alisema, ‘P<strong>al</strong>e anapofunga na kus<strong>wa</strong>li na kujitenga<br />

pekee, basi anafanya k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya nafsi yake mwenyewe. Hata<br />

hivyo, p<strong>al</strong>e anapozungumza dhidi ya <strong>wa</strong>zushi, anafanza hivyo<br />

k<strong>wa</strong> manufaa ya Waislamu k<strong>wa</strong> ujumla <strong>wa</strong>ke, na hili ni bora<br />

zaidi.’<br />

Hivyo iliku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zi k<strong>wa</strong>mba ku<strong>wa</strong>kana <strong>wa</strong>zushi <strong>wa</strong>zi <strong>wa</strong>zi ni ya<br />

manufaa ya jumla k<strong>wa</strong> Waislamu na inatambulikana kama ni aina<br />

moja <strong>wa</strong>po ya mapambano katika njia ya Allaah. K<strong>wa</strong>ni kuisafisha<br />

Diyn ya Allaah na kuitetea kutokana na mavamizi ni <strong>wa</strong>jibu <strong>wa</strong><br />

kiujumla – kama ilivyokub<strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong> na Wanachuoni. K<strong>wa</strong>ni, i<strong>wa</strong>po<br />

Allaah asingeli<strong>wa</strong>nyanyua baadhi ya <strong>wa</strong>tu ku<strong>wa</strong>kana <strong>wa</strong>zushi,<br />

basi Diyn hii ingelishtadi k<strong>wa</strong> madhara, ufisadi na upotofu. K<strong>wa</strong><br />

hakika, aina hii ya ufisadi ni kub<strong>wa</strong> zaidi kuliko ufisadi<br />

unaotokana na <strong>wa</strong>sioamini <strong>wa</strong>napo<strong>wa</strong>teka Waislamu. K<strong>wa</strong>ni p<strong>al</strong>e<br />

<strong>wa</strong>sioamini <strong>wa</strong>napo<strong>wa</strong>teka nyara Waislamu, ha<strong>wa</strong>haribu mioyo<br />

yao, au Diyn yao, isipoku<strong>wa</strong> baada ya muda. Inga<strong>wa</strong>, <strong>wa</strong>zushi<br />

<strong>wa</strong>naziharibu nyoyo tokea hapo m<strong>wa</strong>nzo.’ 64<br />

Jihaada yake dhidi ya Wakiristo na Maraafidhah (Mashia)<br />

a. Al-Ja<strong>wa</strong>ab as-S<strong>wa</strong>hiyh<br />

Ibn Taymiyyah ameandika Al-Ja<strong>wa</strong>ab as-S<strong>wa</strong>hiyh Liman Badd<strong>al</strong>a<br />

Diyn <strong>al</strong>-Masiyh katika vitabu (volumes) vinne ambavyo ndani yake<br />

<strong>al</strong>iweza kuzielezea pingamizi zote zilizotole<strong>wa</strong> dhidi ya Uislamu,<br />

<strong>al</strong>iweka bayana hoja kamili mpya na zenye kuridhisha k<strong>wa</strong><br />

kuegemea Sunnah ya Mtume Muhammad (S<strong>wa</strong>lla Allaahu ‘<strong>al</strong>ayhi<br />

<strong>wa</strong> a<strong>al</strong>ihi <strong>wa</strong> s<strong>al</strong>lam). Moja kati ya <strong>wa</strong>liomuandikia <strong><strong>wa</strong>sifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />

Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam, ni Shaykh Abu Zahra, <strong>al</strong>iyesema: “Kitabu hichi<br />

peke yake kinatosha kutoa nafasi k<strong>wa</strong> ajili yake miongoni m<strong>wa</strong><br />

<strong>wa</strong>ta<strong>al</strong>amu na madukturi <strong>wa</strong>somi ambao <strong>wa</strong>litia bidii ya<br />

kuisafisha imani.” 65<br />

64 Majmu’ <strong>al</strong>-Fataa<strong>wa</strong>a (28/231-232) Imenukuli<strong>wa</strong> kutoka kwenye jarida la <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Istiqaamah Magazine, iliyonukuli<strong>wa</strong> kutoka Jarida la As-Sunnah Newsletter –<br />

http://www.qsep.com<br />

65 Ibn Taymiyyah, Hayaatuhu <strong>wa</strong> ‘Asruhu <strong>wa</strong> Araauhu <strong>wa</strong> Fiquhuhu, uk. 519.<br />

47


. Minhaaj as-Sunnah<br />

Kama kilivyo Al-Ja<strong>wa</strong>ab as-S<strong>wa</strong>hiyh, Minhaaj as-Sunnah ni kazi<br />

nyengine ya kipekee ya Ibn Taymiyyah ya juu kabisa ambayo<br />

ameandika kukana matabaka ya Kishia hapo zamani (na leo)<br />

yanayohatarisha ukakamavu <strong>wa</strong> imani sahihi ya kiasili. Kitabu<br />

hicho, chenye vijitabu (volumes) vinne na chenye kurasa zaidi ya<br />

1,600; kimeandik<strong>wa</strong> kukijibu kitabu cha Minhaaj <strong>al</strong>-Karaaman cha<br />

Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Muttahir <strong>al</strong>-Hilli ambaye, katika hamu yake iliyochupa<br />

mpaka, akataka kuthibitisha Utukufu uliopo k<strong>wa</strong> afisi ya<br />

Kiiimamu, akajaribu ku<strong>wa</strong>fanya Makh<strong>al</strong>ifa <strong>wa</strong>ongofu <strong>wa</strong>tatu <strong>wa</strong><br />

m<strong>wa</strong>nzo kama sio <strong>wa</strong>nafiki na sio martadi lakini pia kama ni<br />

viumbe viovu kabisa vilivyojiingiza kwenye unyanyasaji. Hili,<br />

k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> Ibn Taymiyyah, iliushushia hadhi Uislamu na<br />

kuifanya dhana ya Utume ku<strong>wa</strong> ni dhaifu. Hata k<strong>wa</strong> msingi <strong>wa</strong><br />

ubishano <strong>wa</strong>ke, Minhaaj as-Sunnah ni kitabu muhimu kutokana na<br />

mtindo <strong>wa</strong>ke ulio <strong>wa</strong>zi na maelezo yake ya kuridhisha na usahihi<br />

<strong>wa</strong>ke.<br />

Nukuu nyingi hazielezi nafasi ya Ibn Taymiyyah kwenye Jihaad<br />

dhidi ya Wakiristo kabla ya kufukuz<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>o nchini Shaam. Hata<br />

hivyo Al-Bazzaar, anataja yafuatayo p<strong>al</strong>e anapojadili ukakamavu<br />

na moyo uliopig<strong>wa</strong> konde <strong>wa</strong> Ibn Taymiyyah: “Wananasibisha<br />

k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>limuona katika utekaji <strong>wa</strong> ‘Akkah, katika muonekano<br />

<strong>wa</strong> kishujaa ambao hauwezi kuelezeka. Wanasema k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />

<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ndio chanzo ya sababu ya kutek<strong>wa</strong> [‘Akkah] na Waislamu<br />

k<strong>wa</strong> sababu ya matendo yake [mema], ushauri na muono mk<strong>al</strong>i.” 66<br />

Ama k<strong>wa</strong> Maraafidhah, <strong>wa</strong>lijijengea ngo’me yao wenyewe katika<br />

milima ya <strong>al</strong>-Jard na <strong>al</strong>-Kasra<strong>wa</strong>aniyyiyn. Ibn Taymiyyah<br />

aka<strong>wa</strong>fuata huko ndani ya m<strong>wa</strong>ka 704H aki<strong>wa</strong> pamoja na kundi la<br />

<strong>wa</strong>fuasi <strong>wa</strong>ke na ku<strong>wa</strong>taka idadi yao kadhaa kuomba toba na<br />

[hivyo] <strong>wa</strong>kasimamisha Shari’ah ya Uislamu juu yao<br />

[Maraafidhah]. M<strong>wa</strong>nzoni m<strong>wa</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>ka 705H, Ibn Taymiyyah<br />

66 Al'-Alaam <strong>al</strong>-'Aliyyah, uk. 68.<br />

48


<strong>al</strong>ikwenda vitani aki<strong>wa</strong> pamoja na kundi la kivita na naibu Sultan<br />

<strong>wa</strong> Shaam na Allaah aka<strong>wa</strong>saidia <strong>wa</strong>o dhidi ya Maraafidhah. 67<br />

Jihaad yake dhidi ya Matartar<br />

Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na nafasi kub<strong>wa</strong> katika kuanzisha Jihaad<br />

dhidi ya Matartar. Aliweka <strong>wa</strong>zi ukweli <strong>wa</strong> masharti yao na<br />

kuonesha k<strong>wa</strong>mba iliku<strong>wa</strong> ni <strong>wa</strong>jibu kupigana nao, k<strong>wa</strong>nza, k<strong>wa</strong><br />

sababu ya makub<strong>al</strong>iano ya Wanachuoni katika <strong>wa</strong>jibu <strong>wa</strong><br />

kupigana vita na kundi lolote amb<strong>al</strong>o linakana <strong>wa</strong>zi<strong>wa</strong>zi na<br />

kukataa Shari’ah za Uislamu na pili, akieleza k<strong>wa</strong>mba kanuni hii<br />

inafanya kazi k<strong>wa</strong> Matartar k<strong>wa</strong> sababu ya masharti yao.<br />

Aliweka <strong>wa</strong>zi sababu za ushindi na kueleza k<strong>wa</strong>mba sio jambo<br />

lisilowezekana au lenye ugumu kupata ushindi dhidi yao i<strong>wa</strong>po<br />

Waislamu <strong>wa</strong>tafuata sababu za kupata ushindi kama vile<br />

kusimamisha Shari’ah, kuondosha unyanyasaji, kueneza haki na<br />

ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kweli k<strong>wa</strong> nia zao p<strong>al</strong>e <strong>wa</strong>naposimamisha Jihaad katika<br />

njia ya Allaah.<br />

Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>ichukua jukumu la kuyafunza majeshi na<br />

kuanzisha makundi ya ki MujahiDiyn. Alihusika pia katika<br />

mavamizi ya kushtukiza dhidi ya kambi za kijeshi za Matartar. Pia<br />

<strong>al</strong>izamia mkoa ambao <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> Batiniyah <strong>wa</strong>kiishi katika milima<br />

ya Shaam, k<strong>wa</strong> sababu <strong>wa</strong>li<strong>wa</strong>s<strong>al</strong>iti Waislamu na k<strong>wa</strong> siri<br />

<strong>wa</strong>lishirikiana na maadui <strong>wa</strong> Uislamu, Matartar na Makrusedi.<br />

Inga<strong>wa</strong> dhehebu la Kibatini lilifaniki<strong>wa</strong> kumlaghai Ibn Taymiyyah<br />

p<strong>al</strong>e <strong>wa</strong>lipojifanya kutubia na kuzikana imani na mila zao mbovu.<br />

Lakini <strong>al</strong>itambua k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>limcheza k<strong>wa</strong> kutumia taqqiyah, 68 na<br />

67 Al-'Uquud ad-Durriyyah, uk. 179-194, <strong>al</strong>-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong> an-Nihaayah, 14/35 na<br />

as-Suluuk, 12/2.<br />

68 Taqiyyah (التقية) inatafsirikia kilugha kama “kuzungumza kinyume na<br />

imani ya ndani ya mtu.” Historia yote [inaonesha k<strong>wa</strong>mba], Mashia<br />

<strong>wa</strong>meitumia Taqiyyah k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya kuepuka uchunguzi na kuepuka<br />

kukamat<strong>wa</strong>. Tendo la Taqiyyah yana<strong>wa</strong>ruhusu makundi ya Mashia kuenea na<br />

kukua. K<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni <strong>wa</strong> Kishia: “Ushia usingelienea i<strong>wa</strong>po<br />

kusingelikuwepo Taqiyyah.” (“Taaarikhush Shi’ah” cha Muhammad Husain<br />

Jafari Sahi<strong>wa</strong>l, uk.230). Imamu <strong>wa</strong> Kishia amesema k<strong>wa</strong>mba Taqiyyah ni:<br />

49


k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>libakia kwenye uadui <strong>wa</strong>o k<strong>wa</strong> Uislamu na Waislamu.<br />

Hakuacha ku<strong>wa</strong>piga vita na ku<strong>wa</strong>saka, na <strong>al</strong>itoa fat<strong>wa</strong> (hukumu<br />

za kidini) akiweka <strong>wa</strong>zi imani zao zilizojificha na vitendo vyao<br />

viovu na akaamrisha haja ya kupigana vita nao.<br />

K<strong>wa</strong> upande mwengine, hakupatapo kuridhia ukweli p<strong>al</strong>e<br />

anapojadiliana na <strong>wa</strong>toto <strong>wa</strong> kif<strong>al</strong>me na <strong>wa</strong>f<strong>al</strong>me kutokana na<br />

dharau zao katika kuihami ardhi ya Uislamu dhidi ya maadui <strong>wa</strong><br />

ndani na nje. Hili linaonesha dhahiri kupitia barua yake k<strong>wa</strong><br />

Sultan an-Naasir Muhammad Ibn Q<strong>al</strong>awuun. Ndani ya barua<br />

hiyo, <strong>al</strong>itishia kuendeleza taifa litak<strong>al</strong>ojitenga kutoka katika<br />

uta<strong>wa</strong>la <strong>wa</strong> Kisultani, na kuutoa uaminifu <strong>wa</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong> kiongozi<br />

mwengine ambaye hatoacha kuhami na kusimama dhidi ya<br />

uvamizi <strong>wa</strong> Matartar.<br />

P<strong>al</strong>e mji <strong>wa</strong> Damascus ulipoanguka k<strong>wa</strong> mara nyengine ya pili<br />

k<strong>wa</strong> Matartar, <strong>al</strong>ikataa kusimama k<strong>wa</strong> kujishushuia hadhi, k<strong>wa</strong>ni<br />

<strong>al</strong>ikub<strong>al</strong>iana pamoja na viongozi <strong>wa</strong> nchi hiyo kuchukua hatua<br />

muhimu k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya ustawi <strong>wa</strong> Waislamu k<strong>wa</strong> kukutana na<br />

kiongozi <strong>wa</strong> Matartar. Inga<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> ha<strong>wa</strong>na nguvu kujihami<br />

wenyewe, hata hivyo <strong>al</strong>ichukua hatua ya dharura katika<br />

kuhamasisha kuonana na Sultan <strong>wa</strong> Matartar ait<strong>wa</strong>ye Ghaazaan,<br />

akimuomba us<strong>al</strong>ama <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> Damascus bila ya kuis<strong>al</strong>imisha<br />

ngo’me yao. Haku<strong>wa</strong> na moyo wenye kukub<strong>al</strong>i na ulio na ujinga<br />

kama <strong>wa</strong>livyo ma<strong>shaykh</strong> wengine <strong>wa</strong>liokutana na Ghaazaan<br />

<strong>wa</strong>kimuomba msamaha na ku<strong>wa</strong>kub<strong>al</strong>i k<strong>wa</strong>o. Lakini <strong>al</strong>ikabiliana<br />

nae Ghaazaan uso k<strong>wa</strong> uso na kumuelezea k<strong>wa</strong>mba uvamizi <strong>wa</strong><br />

Damascus hautaku<strong>wa</strong> mrefu k<strong>wa</strong>ni Waislamu <strong>wa</strong>naendelea<br />

kupindua. Us<strong>al</strong>ama ukapatikana k<strong>wa</strong> Waislamu <strong>wa</strong> Damascus<br />

kutokana na juhudi ya ukakamavu na ushujaa <strong>wa</strong> Ibn Taymiyyah.<br />

Ibn Taymiyyah pia <strong>al</strong>ishirikiana na Sultan An-Naasir Ibn<br />

Q<strong>al</strong>awuun katika vita vyake dhidi ya Ghaazaan <strong>al</strong>iyedai ku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />

Muislamu na kujipachika jina lake la Mahmuud. Ilithibitika k<strong>wa</strong><br />

Ibn Taymiyyah ku<strong>wa</strong> vyenginevyo, k<strong>wa</strong> sababu Ghaazaan<br />

<strong>al</strong>ikataa moja k<strong>wa</strong> moja kusimamisha Shar’iah za Kiislamu na<br />

haku<strong>wa</strong> mwenye kuzithamini Shar’iah za Allaah. Alita<strong>wa</strong>la nchi<br />

k<strong>wa</strong> kutumia kitabu cha <strong>al</strong>-Yasiq ambacho kiliku<strong>wa</strong> na<br />

“Kujichanganya pamoja nao (yaani <strong>wa</strong>sioku<strong>wa</strong> Mashia) kinjenje lakini<br />

ku<strong>wa</strong>pinga kindandani.” (Al-Kafi, sura.9, uk.116).<br />

50


mchanganyiko <strong>wa</strong> sheria kutoka Ukiristo, Uyahudi, Uislamu na<br />

sheria za Genghis Khan mwenyewe. Alizikataa Shar’iah<br />

zilizoshush<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> Waislamu ndani ya Qur-aan na Sunnah.<br />

Katika m<strong>wa</strong>ka 702H, habari kuhusiana na kurejea k<strong>wa</strong> Matartar<br />

mjini Shaam zikaenea. Ibn Taymiyyah akafanya haraka kwenda<br />

k<strong>wa</strong> Sultan <strong>wa</strong> Misri kuomba msaada dhidi ya hatari za Matartar<br />

na ubepari <strong>wa</strong>o ulioku<strong>wa</strong> maarufu sana, has<strong>wa</strong> p<strong>al</strong>e <strong>wa</strong>ta<strong>wa</strong>la <strong>wa</strong><br />

Allepo na Hama <strong>wa</strong>lipoitupa miji yao na kukimbilia Damascus.<br />

P<strong>al</strong>e Matartar <strong>wa</strong>lipofikia Homs na Ba’lbek, Ibn Taymiyyah<br />

akaajiri mabaki ya jeshi amb<strong>al</strong>o liliondoka Hama na miji mengine.<br />

Aliliunganisha jeshi na kuanza kuandamana kwenda Damascus ili<br />

ku<strong>wa</strong> mbele katika daraja, hadi majeshi ya Kh<strong>al</strong>iyfah <strong>al</strong>-Mustakfi<br />

na Sultan an-Naasir Ibn Q<strong>al</strong>awuun y<strong>al</strong>ipofikia Damascus. Siku ya<br />

Jumamosi, Ramadhaan ya pili, jeshi la Waislamu lika<strong>wa</strong><br />

limekamilika, na mashirikiano k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya vita y<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong><br />

yameshaanza nje ya Damascus ili kuulinda mji huo kutokana na<br />

madhara yoyote. Eneo la vita liliku<strong>wa</strong> ni Marj as-Safar.<br />

P<strong>al</strong>e Matartar <strong>wa</strong>liposikia k<strong>wa</strong>mba jeshi kub<strong>wa</strong> linakuja,<br />

<strong>wa</strong>kafanya haraka kukutana nao nje ya DamascuS. Hivyo,<br />

mpango <strong>wa</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nzo <strong>wa</strong> Ibn Taymiyyah uka<strong>wa</strong> umefaniki<strong>wa</strong><br />

k<strong>wa</strong>ni <strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong>zuia Matartar kufanya uharibifu zaidi <strong>wa</strong> mji. K<strong>wa</strong>ni<br />

<strong>wa</strong>si<strong>wa</strong>si <strong>wa</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nzo <strong>wa</strong> Matartar uliku<strong>wa</strong> ni kuliharibu jeshi la<br />

Waislamu, [lakini <strong>wa</strong>lishind<strong>wa</strong> kufanya hivyo na bad<strong>al</strong>a yake jeshi<br />

la Ibn Taymiyyah] <strong>wa</strong>kauacha mji [<strong>wa</strong> Damascus] bila ya<br />

uchokozi.<br />

Majeshi hayo mawili baadaye yakakutana, kila moja liki<strong>wa</strong> na<br />

ma<strong>wa</strong>zo kich<strong>wa</strong>ni m<strong>wa</strong>ke ya kuliharibu jeshi la mwengine, na vita<br />

vikaanza mara moja. Iliku<strong>wa</strong> ni <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong> adhuhuri na Waislamu<br />

ndani ya vita hivyo <strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>mefunga siku hiyo katika vita<br />

vya Shaqhab, vilivyopigan<strong>wa</strong> ndani ya mwezi <strong>wa</strong> Ramadhaan. Ibn<br />

Taymiyyah aka<strong>wa</strong>amuru kufungua s<strong>wa</strong>um k<strong>wa</strong> kufuata<br />

muongozo <strong>wa</strong> Mtume (S<strong>wa</strong>lla Allaahu ‘<strong>al</strong>ayhi <strong>wa</strong> a<strong>al</strong>ihi <strong>wa</strong><br />

s<strong>al</strong>lam). Kila mmoja <strong>wa</strong>o <strong>al</strong>iomba kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> Allaah aidha<br />

Shahaadah au ushindi. Ndani ya fikra zao ni Mas<strong>wa</strong>haabah <strong>wa</strong><br />

Mtume (Radhiya Allaahu ‘anhum) na <strong>wa</strong>rithi <strong>wa</strong>o <strong>wa</strong>ongofu<br />

(mataabi’i). Wasi<strong>wa</strong>si <strong>wa</strong>o <strong>wa</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nzo uliku<strong>wa</strong> ni kuuhami<br />

Uislamu na kuuharibu uadui <strong>wa</strong> Matartar k<strong>wa</strong> namna yoyote,<br />

51


<strong>wa</strong>kihakikisha k<strong>wa</strong>mba ha<strong>wa</strong>tojaribu kurudi tena katika ardhi ya<br />

Uislamu k<strong>wa</strong> ufisadi <strong>wa</strong>o, tofauti na ilivyoku<strong>wa</strong> mara ya m<strong>wa</strong>nzo<br />

p<strong>al</strong>e Matartar <strong>wa</strong>lipojitengenezea makundi mepya, yao wenyewe,<br />

baada ya kushind<strong>wa</strong> katika vita vya A’in J<strong>al</strong>uut na kurudi katika<br />

uvamizi <strong>wa</strong> ardhi za Waislamu.<br />

Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni kiongozi <strong>wa</strong> jeshi, akiyatengeneza<br />

vyema m<strong>al</strong>engo ya Waislamu, inga<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> upande mwengine<br />

hupigana na adui k<strong>wa</strong> ushujaa, aki<strong>wa</strong>sukuma nyuma kurudi<br />

majumbani k<strong>wa</strong> kutambaa, <strong>wa</strong>ka<strong>wa</strong>vunja Matartar, <strong>wa</strong>kiizuia<br />

hatari yao na ku<strong>wa</strong>ondoa Waislamu mb<strong>al</strong>i na matishio yao.<br />

Hatimaye, <strong>wa</strong>k<strong>al</strong>iacha jeshi la adui liki<strong>wa</strong> h<strong>al</strong>ina matarajio yoyote<br />

daima kurejea katika ardhi ya Uislamu. Mapigano ya Shaqhab<br />

y<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni mapigano ya mwisho kabisa baina ya Matartar na<br />

Waislamu.<br />

Baada ya kufanya Jihaad dhidi ya Matartar na ku<strong>wa</strong>shinda,<br />

tunamuona Ibn Taymiyyah akithamini vita hivyo, akichambua<br />

mafunzo ya kimanufaa ambayo yanaweza kufiki<strong>wa</strong> kutokana na<br />

mapigano hayo na kuelezea maeneo ya ulinganishi baina ya<br />

mapigano hayo dhidi ya Matartar na mapigano mengine ya<br />

Mtume (S<strong>wa</strong>lla Allaahu ‘<strong>al</strong>ayhi <strong>wa</strong> a<strong>al</strong>ihi <strong>wa</strong> s<strong>al</strong>lam). 69<br />

Mapigano y<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na nafasi kuu katika majibu ya Ibn<br />

Taymiyyah k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>liojaribu kumzuia na kuvunja nguvu<br />

makub<strong>al</strong>iano ya Waislamu. W<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kijaribu aidha ku<strong>wa</strong>tisha<br />

Waislamu k<strong>wa</strong> kukithirisha mno uwezo na nguvu za adui, au<br />

<strong>wa</strong>kidai k<strong>wa</strong>mba Matartar ni Waislamu, na hivyo, ku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />

udhuru <strong>wa</strong> kutopigana nao. Majibu ya Ibn Taymiyyah k<strong>wa</strong><br />

Waislamu, ambao <strong>wa</strong>liweza kurubuni<strong>wa</strong> na y<strong>al</strong>e y<strong>al</strong>iyosem<strong>wa</strong><br />

kuhusiana na kuto<strong>wa</strong>jibika kupigana na Matartar, y<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />

maneno yake: “I<strong>wa</strong>po mutanikuta mimi katika hadhi ya Matartar<br />

basi niueni!”. Jibu lake katika u<strong>wa</strong>nja <strong>wa</strong> vita liliku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zi na<br />

k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>al</strong>ianza ku<strong>wa</strong>piga vita Matartar, hivyo kutoacha nafasi ya<br />

Waislamu <strong>wa</strong>liorubuni<strong>wa</strong> au <strong>wa</strong>lioku<strong>wa</strong> na ma<strong>wa</strong>zo mengine<br />

kuhusiana na maamuzi muafaka katika kumpiga vita adui.<br />

69 Al-'Uquud ad-Durriyyah, uk. 121.<br />

52


Hizo ni baadhi ya mifano ya Jihaad ya Ibn Taymiyyah, Allaah<br />

Amshushie rehema zake, na uunganishi <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> elimu pamoja na<br />

vitendo.<br />

Mitihani na Kufung<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> Ibn Taymiyyah 70<br />

Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>ipitia mitihani mingi katika maisha yake na ni<br />

kazi ngumu kuipitia na kuielezea k<strong>wa</strong> namna nzuri ndani ya<br />

mjad<strong>al</strong>a huu mfupi kuhusiana na yeye. Hivyo, nitataja tu orodha<br />

ya ile mitihani maarufu.<br />

• Mtihani <strong>wa</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong> sababu ya maandiko yake ya <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Hamawiyyah katika m<strong>wa</strong>ka 698H.<br />

• Mtihani <strong>wa</strong>ke na majadiliana yake k<strong>wa</strong> sababu ya maandiko<br />

ya <strong>al</strong>-Waasitiyyah katika m<strong>wa</strong>ka 705H.<br />

• Mtihani <strong>wa</strong>ke, kuit<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>ke Misri na kufung<strong>wa</strong> katika<br />

m<strong>wa</strong>ka 705H k<strong>wa</strong> miezi 18.<br />

• Mtihani <strong>wa</strong>ke pamoja na Suufiyyah nchini Misri baada ya<br />

kuachi<strong>wa</strong> huru.<br />

• Kufukuz<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>ke kwenda Alexandria katika m<strong>wa</strong>ka 709H<br />

na kufung<strong>wa</strong> huko k<strong>wa</strong> miezi 8.<br />

• Mtihani <strong>wa</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong> sababu ya maamuzi mahsusi kuhusiana<br />

na t<strong>al</strong>aka na kufuati<strong>wa</strong> na kifungo katika m<strong>wa</strong>ka 720H, k<strong>wa</strong><br />

miezi mitano.<br />

• Mtihani <strong>wa</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong> sababu ya maamuzi yake ya Kisheria<br />

kuzuia kufanyika misafara mahsusi kuyazuru makaburi na<br />

kufuati<strong>wa</strong> na kifungo katika m<strong>wa</strong>ka 726H hadi kufa k<strong>wa</strong>ke<br />

katika m<strong>wa</strong>ka 728H, Allaah amshushie rehema zake.<br />

Majibu ya Ibn Taymiyyah kuhusiana na mitihani yote hii y<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong><br />

daima ni majibu ya uhakika ambayo y<strong>al</strong>iyageuza mithani hii na<br />

madhara – k<strong>wa</strong> msaada <strong>wa</strong> Allaah – ku<strong>wa</strong> ni nafasi kuu ya<br />

kuiengeza Iymaan na kufikia pasipo na shaka katika maarifa na<br />

matendo. Uit<strong>wa</strong>ji <strong>wa</strong>ke nchini Misri, k<strong>wa</strong> mfano, ulimfanya<br />

kujadiliana na kuendelea na ku<strong>wa</strong>elezea <strong>wa</strong>zushi ambao<br />

70 Imechukuli<strong>wa</strong> kupitia mtandao <strong>wa</strong><br />

http://www.sunnahonline.com/ilm/seerah/0047.htm iliyoand<strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong> na Abu<br />

Saf<strong>wa</strong>an Fariyd<br />

53


<strong>wa</strong>lieneza imani zao katika kila pembe ya mkoa. Nafasi yake<br />

katika kifungo iliku<strong>wa</strong> ni <strong>al</strong>ama nyengine ya Baraka hii, k<strong>wa</strong>ni<br />

jitihada zake katika kuelimisha <strong>wa</strong>fung<strong>wa</strong> na ku<strong>wa</strong>lainisha hadi<br />

kufikia hatua ya k<strong>wa</strong>mba utoaji <strong>wa</strong> elimu na dini ndani ya jela<br />

ulizidi baadhi ya taasisi zilizo nje ya jela. Hili lilitokezea kote;<br />

Misri na Alexandria. Uamuzi <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> kubakia Misri baada ya<br />

kuachi<strong>wa</strong> iliku<strong>wa</strong> kama <strong>al</strong>ivyoelezea ndani ya barua 71 k<strong>wa</strong> mama<br />

yake, k<strong>wa</strong> sababu ya mambo muhimu k<strong>wa</strong> dini na dunia. Hili<br />

lilileta uzuri zaidi katika kusaidia Sunnah na ku<strong>wa</strong>didimiza<br />

<strong>wa</strong>zushi. Moja kati ya matokeo ya uhakika iliku<strong>wa</strong> ni vitabu na<br />

nyaraka <strong>al</strong>izoandika na <strong>al</strong>izotunga ndani ya jela. Pia <strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong>omba<br />

radhi <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>liomdumaza, hata p<strong>al</strong>e Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>ipopata<br />

nafasi ya kulipiza kisasi has<strong>wa</strong>. Mmoja miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> maadui<br />

zake, Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Makhluuf, Jaji <strong>wa</strong> Ma<strong>al</strong>ikiy <strong>al</strong>iyesema: “Hatujaona<br />

mfano <strong>wa</strong> Ibn Taymiyyah; tulimlaghai lakini hatuku<strong>wa</strong> na uwezo<br />

kumzidi nguvu, p<strong>al</strong>e <strong>al</strong>ipoku<strong>wa</strong> na uwezo <strong>wa</strong> kutuzidi sisi nguvu,<br />

bad<strong>al</strong>a yake <strong>al</strong>ituombea msamaha na kutuhami k<strong>wa</strong> niaba yetu.” 72<br />

Matokeo yake mengine ya uhakika ni k<strong>wa</strong>mba mitihani hii ndani<br />

yake wenyewe y<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni sababu ya kuenea k<strong>wa</strong> kasi mno kazi<br />

za Ibn Taymiyyah. 73<br />

Kifo chake, Allaah Amshushie Rehema Zake juu yake<br />

Hatimaye p<strong>al</strong>e <strong>al</strong>ipopig<strong>wa</strong> marufuku ku<strong>wa</strong> na kitabu chochote,<br />

karatasi au k<strong>al</strong>amu mnamo kwenye kipindi chake cha mwisho cha<br />

kifungo, Ibn Taymiyyah akajitolea muda <strong>wa</strong>ke wote katika<br />

kuabudu na kusoma Qur-aan. Alibakia katika h<strong>al</strong>i hii k<strong>wa</strong> kipindi<br />

kifupi hadi <strong>al</strong>ipoaga dunia mnamo mwezi ishirini Dhul-Qa’dah<br />

m<strong>wa</strong>ka <strong>wa</strong> 728H. Aliugua k<strong>wa</strong> siku chache ambazo zilipelekea<br />

kifo chake.<br />

Hili lilikuja ku<strong>wa</strong> ni mshituko mkub<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu na <strong>wa</strong>litoka nje<br />

k<strong>wa</strong> idadi kub<strong>wa</strong>.<br />

71 Barua ya Ibn Taymiyyah’s letters kutoka Jela.<br />

72 Al-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong>n-Nihaayah, 14/54.<br />

73 Al-'Uquud ad-Durriyyah, uk. 283.<br />

54


Wanahistoria <strong>wa</strong>nakadiria k<strong>wa</strong>mba kifo hichi ni moja kati ya<br />

mazishi machache na <strong>wa</strong>lilinganisha na mazishi ya Imaam Ahmad<br />

Ibn Hanb<strong>al</strong>, Allaah Awe radhi naye.<br />

Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>ifariki kipindi <strong>al</strong>ichoku<strong>wa</strong> kifungoni, pamoja na<br />

hamaki kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> Sultaan na p<strong>al</strong>e maulamaa na Suufiyah<br />

<strong>wa</strong>lipoku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kitaja mambo mengi kuhusiana naye. Hata hivyo,<br />

ukiachilia mb<strong>al</strong>i hayo, mazishi yake y<strong>al</strong>ishuhudi<strong>wa</strong> na wengi na<br />

y<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni maarufu.<br />

Al-Bazzaar amesema:<br />

“Mara tu <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>liposikia kifo chake, hakuna mtu hata mmoja<br />

<strong>al</strong>iyetaka kuwepo Damascus ambaye <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na uwezo <strong>wa</strong><br />

kuhudhuria s<strong>wa</strong>la na <strong>al</strong>itaka kubakia hadi <strong>al</strong>ipohudhuria na kutoa<br />

muda k<strong>wa</strong> ajili hiyo. Matokea yake, marikiti za Damascus<br />

zikafung<strong>wa</strong> na shughuli zote za kimaisha zikasimama. Magavana,<br />

<strong>wa</strong>kuu, Wanachuoni, maulamaa <strong>wa</strong>litoka nje. W<strong>al</strong>isema k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />

hakuna wingi <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu ulioacha kufika, k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> ufahamu<br />

<strong>wa</strong>ngu – isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>tatu; wote <strong>wa</strong>kitambulika k<strong>wa</strong><br />

uadui <strong>wa</strong>o dhidi ya Ibn Taymiyyah, <strong>wa</strong>lijificha kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu<br />

kutokana na hofu ya maisha yao.” 74<br />

Ibn Kathiyr ametaja k<strong>wa</strong>mba naibu Sultaan hakuwepo na Taifa<br />

likajiinamia k<strong>wa</strong> lipi la kufanya. Kisha naibu <strong>wa</strong> jela akaja kutoa<br />

rambirambi zake na kukaa karibu na Ibn Taymiyyah.<br />

Ali<strong>wa</strong>fungulia njia k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le masahibu <strong>wa</strong> karibu na <strong>wa</strong>tu<br />

<strong>wa</strong>penzi kuingia juu yake. Wakakaa pamoja naye, <strong>wa</strong>kilia na<br />

kumshukuru. 75 “Kisha <strong>wa</strong>kaanza kumuosha Shaykh…<br />

<strong>wa</strong>ka<strong>wa</strong>ruhusu <strong>wa</strong>le tu ambao <strong>wa</strong>liosaidia katika kuosha kubakia<br />

pamoja naye. Miongoni m<strong>wa</strong>o <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Haafidh <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Mizziy na kundi la <strong>wa</strong>ongofu <strong>wa</strong>kuu na <strong>wa</strong>tu wema; <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong><br />

elimu na Iymaan… kisha <strong>wa</strong>katangulia pamoja naye kwenye<br />

Jaami’ <strong>al</strong>-Umawiy. Kuliku<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>wa</strong>tu wengi mbele ya janaazah,<br />

nyuma yake, k<strong>wa</strong> upande <strong>wa</strong> kulia na k<strong>wa</strong> upande <strong>wa</strong> kushoto.<br />

Hakuna isipoku<strong>wa</strong> Allaah <strong>al</strong>iyeweza ku<strong>wa</strong>hesabu, kisha mtu<br />

mmoja akapiga ukulele “Hivi ndivyo yanavyotaki<strong>wa</strong> majeneza ya<br />

Maimamu <strong>wa</strong> Kisunnah!” K<strong>wa</strong> hilo, <strong>wa</strong>tu, <strong>wa</strong>kaanza kulia… p<strong>al</strong>e<br />

74 Al-A'laam <strong>al</strong>-'Aliyyah, uk. 82-83.<br />

75 Al-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong> an-Nihaayah, 14/138.<br />

55


adhana ya adhuhuri ilipoadhini<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kas<strong>wa</strong>li hapo hapo dhidi ya<br />

mila zilizozoeleka. P<strong>al</strong>e <strong>wa</strong>lipom<strong>al</strong>iza kus<strong>wa</strong>li, naibu khatiyb<br />

akatoka – k<strong>wa</strong>ni khatiyb mkuu <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> hayupo na <strong>al</strong>ikuwepo<br />

Misri – na akaongoza s<strong>wa</strong>lah juu ya Ibn Taymiyyah… Kisha <strong>wa</strong>tu<br />

<strong>wa</strong>kamiminika kutoka kila pembe na milango yote ya Jaam’i… na<br />

<strong>wa</strong>kakusanyika katika soko la <strong>al</strong>-Khayl.” 76<br />

Katika ardhi iliyo <strong>wa</strong>zi, jeneza lake likaingiz<strong>wa</strong> chini na ndugu<br />

yake, ‘Abdur-Rahmaan, akaongoza s<strong>wa</strong>lah juu yake. Kisha jeneza<br />

lake likachukuli<strong>wa</strong> kaburini m<strong>wa</strong>ke na kuzik<strong>wa</strong> kwenye sehemu<br />

ya makaburi ya Suufiyah karibu na ndugu yake <strong>wa</strong> kiume,<br />

‘Abdullaah, Allaah A<strong>wa</strong>shushie rehema zake wote hao.<br />

Al-Bazzaar amesema:<br />

Kundi la <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>liokuwepo siku hiyo <strong>wa</strong>mekub<strong>al</strong>iana k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />

<strong>wa</strong>lipoona idadi ya <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>lioms<strong>wa</strong>lia siku hiyo, hakuna<br />

<strong>wa</strong>si<strong>wa</strong>si wote k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> zaidi ya 500,000. Wata<strong>al</strong>amu<br />

<strong>wa</strong> historia <strong>wa</strong>nasema k<strong>wa</strong>mba ha<strong>wa</strong>kupata kusikia s<strong>wa</strong>lah ya<br />

mazishi ku<strong>wa</strong> ni kub<strong>wa</strong> kama hivi isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>al</strong>-Imaam<br />

Ahmad bin Hanb<strong>al</strong> (Rahimahu Allaahu). 77 Hatimaye Shamsud-<br />

Diyn <strong>al</strong>-Waziyr akatokezea na kupelek<strong>wa</strong> p<strong>al</strong>e liliopo kaburi lake,<br />

k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> hakuwepo hapo kabla, hivyo yeye na magavana<br />

pamoja naye <strong>wa</strong>kams<strong>wa</strong>lia Ibn Taymiyyah.<br />

Hakuna jeneza amb<strong>al</strong>o limeonekana kuathiri hisia za <strong>wa</strong>tu katika<br />

heshima, ustahifu, ufakhari, uthamini, na shukrani kutoka k<strong>wa</strong><br />

<strong>wa</strong>tu, na yote haya ni kutokana na elimu yake, matendo, zuhd,<br />

76 Al-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong> an-Nihaayah, 14/138.<br />

77 Katika ‘<strong>al</strong>-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong>n-Nihaayah’ (14/130), Ibn Kathiyr amesema:<br />

“Ahmad bin Hamb<strong>al</strong> amesema: “Waambie <strong>wa</strong>zushi k<strong>wa</strong>mba baina yetu na<br />

yao ni mazishi,” na hakuna shaka yoyote k<strong>wa</strong>mba mazishi ya <strong>al</strong>-Imaam<br />

Ahmad y<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>wa</strong>tu wengi na makub<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> namna na wingi <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu<br />

<strong>wa</strong> mji huo ulivyoku<strong>wa</strong>, na namna ya <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>livyojikusanya k<strong>wa</strong> ajili yake<br />

na kumuheshimu, na serik<strong>al</strong>i ikimpenda. Shaykh Taqiyud-Diyn amefariki<br />

ndani ya ardhi ya Damascus, na idadi ya <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>ke haikufikia karibu na ile<br />

ya Baghdad k<strong>wa</strong> ukub<strong>wa</strong>. Hata hivyo, <strong>wa</strong>lijikusanya k<strong>wa</strong> idadi ku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong><br />

mazishi yake hadi kufikia k<strong>wa</strong>mba i<strong>wa</strong>po mta<strong>wa</strong>la angeli<strong>wa</strong>lazimisha <strong>wa</strong>tu<br />

wote kutoka nje, <strong>wa</strong>singelifikia kutoka nje katika idadi kub<strong>wa</strong> kama<br />

ilivyoonekana siku hiyo, na haya yote ni k<strong>wa</strong> mtu <strong>al</strong>iyefariki ndani ya ngome<br />

ya jela k<strong>wa</strong> amri ya mta<strong>wa</strong>la.”<br />

56


ibada, ukataaji <strong>wa</strong> dunya, kushughulish<strong>wa</strong> na akhera, umasikini<br />

<strong>wa</strong>ke, kuj<strong>al</strong>i, ukarimu, ujanadume, ustahamilivu, msimamo,<br />

ushujaa, uoni <strong>wa</strong> mb<strong>al</strong>i, ku<strong>wa</strong> mu<strong>wa</strong>zi katika kuzungumzia<br />

ukweli, ku<strong>wa</strong> mk<strong>al</strong>i dhidi ya maadui <strong>wa</strong> Allaah na Mtume Wake<br />

na Diyn Yake, ubinaadamu <strong>wa</strong>ke, taadhima, na heshima mbele ya<br />

awliya’ <strong>wa</strong> Allaah, kutotilia maanani mazuri ya dunia, hamu yake<br />

ya kupindukia k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya Akhera, na utafutaji <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> hiyo<br />

akhera usiochoka. Na utayasikia mambo haya na zaidi kutoka k<strong>wa</strong><br />

<strong>wa</strong>naume, <strong>wa</strong>na<strong>wa</strong>ke, na <strong>wa</strong>toto, na wote humsifu kutokana na<br />

vile <strong>wa</strong>livyoku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kimjua.<br />

Alizik<strong>wa</strong> siku hiyo (Allaah Awe radhi naye na Atuja<strong>al</strong>ie sisi<br />

kupati<strong>wa</strong> Baraka kama hizo k<strong>wa</strong> mara nyengine tena). Kisha <strong>wa</strong>tu<br />

<strong>wa</strong>kaanza kujikusanya kutoka vijiji na miji mb<strong>al</strong>imb<strong>al</strong>i <strong>wa</strong>ki<strong>wa</strong> na<br />

vipando ama k<strong>wa</strong> miguu kums<strong>wa</strong>lia k<strong>wa</strong> zamu juu ya kaburi lake,<br />

na kila habari za kifo chake zinapoifikia ardhi fulani, hums<strong>wa</strong>lia<br />

ndani ya misikiti yake yote, has<strong>wa</strong> ndani ya miji na vijiji vya Misri,<br />

Shaam, Iraaq, Tabriz, <strong>al</strong>-Basrah, n.k.<br />

Haya yote ni kutokana na namna <strong>wa</strong>livyohisi ku<strong>wa</strong> na deni mbele<br />

ya Shaykh (Allaah Amshushie rehema zake) k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong>ongoza<br />

kwenye ukweli na taratibu sahihi pamoja na ushahidi <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zi,<br />

ushahidi <strong>wa</strong> maandiko na elimu, has<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> mnasaba <strong>wa</strong> kanuni<br />

za Diyn. Allaah <strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong>bariki <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> kaumu hii ambapo uzushi<br />

uliibuka ambao uliiu<strong>wa</strong> Sunnah, na idadi kub<strong>wa</strong> ya <strong>wa</strong>tu<br />

<strong>wa</strong>lizama kwenye uzushi na haraam katika h<strong>al</strong>i ambayo<br />

ha<strong>wa</strong>kubutika kabisa! Na Allaah Aka<strong>wa</strong>bariki k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> naye<br />

kudhihirisha kanuni za Diyn na ukweli na imani sahihi k<strong>wa</strong>o, na<br />

h<strong>al</strong>ikadh<strong>al</strong>ika namna yake mahsusi ya ku<strong>wa</strong>kana <strong>wa</strong>zushi ambayo<br />

imebaki ku<strong>wa</strong> juu isiyopit<strong>wa</strong> katu. Yote haya y<strong>al</strong>ifany<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong><br />

mdomo <strong>wa</strong>ke, k<strong>al</strong>amu yake, vitabu vyake, na kanuni <strong>al</strong>izojifunga<br />

nazo kuzifuata ambazo zilikub<strong>al</strong>iana na ukweli na maana h<strong>al</strong>isi,<br />

na pia u<strong>wa</strong>zi, maandiko mepesi na ushahidi <strong>wa</strong> kielimu<br />

<strong>al</strong>io<strong>wa</strong>silisha ambao hakuna filosofa hata mmoja au <strong>wa</strong>hoji<br />

<strong>wa</strong>liofikia karibu. Yote haya <strong>al</strong>iyafanya hadi <strong>al</strong>ipoku<strong>wa</strong> na uwezo<br />

<strong>wa</strong> kuingiza uwezo <strong>wa</strong>ke wote na kumta<strong>wa</strong>la kila mzushi, na<br />

<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na uwezo <strong>wa</strong> kuweka <strong>wa</strong>zi na kufuta kila dhana ambazo<br />

zilisimamish<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>wa</strong>kiomba kuzieneza. 78<br />

78 The Lofty Virtues of Ibn Taymiyyah, ukurasa <strong>wa</strong> 7.<br />

57


Tunamuomba Allaah amlipe yeye k<strong>wa</strong> m<strong>al</strong>ipo bora k<strong>wa</strong> niaba ya<br />

Uislamu na Waislamu, Ametukuka Yule ambaye amempa y<strong>al</strong>e<br />

<strong>al</strong>iyoku<strong>wa</strong> nayo, akampatia uongofu bora k<strong>wa</strong> y<strong>al</strong>e <strong>al</strong>iyoongoka<br />

nayo, na kumpatia yeye subira nzuri kabisa hadi kufariki k<strong>wa</strong>ke,<br />

na tunamuomba Allaah Awe Radhi naye, na Atupatie sisi na<br />

Waislamu wote maisha na kifo kinachoendana pamoja na Qur-aan<br />

na Yeye, na atuja<strong>al</strong>ie sisi kushikamana vilivyo na wote hao<br />

kwenye yote <strong>wa</strong>liyoku<strong>wa</strong> nayo, na tunamuomba Allaah Atuja<strong>al</strong>ie<br />

sisi na <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong> baada yake kunufaika na elimu yake.<br />

Mhuishaji 79<br />

SURA YA 8: HADHI NA CHEO<br />

Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni katika mstari <strong>wa</strong> mbele miongoni<br />

m<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>huishaji [dini] <strong>wa</strong> kipindi hichi. K<strong>wa</strong> sababu changamoto<br />

zake k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati ule, <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> rika kama yake <strong>wa</strong>limtambua ku<strong>wa</strong><br />

ni murtadi na <strong>wa</strong>ta<strong>wa</strong>la <strong>wa</strong>kamtupa jela mara kadhaa.<br />

Hata hivyo, Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni mkub<strong>wa</strong><br />

k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong>ke. Kiundani ni k<strong>wa</strong>mba amesoma Fiqh k<strong>wa</strong><br />

mujibu <strong>wa</strong> madhehebu ya Hanb<strong>al</strong>i lakini hakujifunga nayo sana.<br />

Alisoma vyanzo vya Shar’iah ya Kiislamu k<strong>wa</strong> undani <strong>wa</strong>ke na<br />

ku<strong>wa</strong> mta<strong>al</strong>amu <strong>wa</strong> sayansi ya Kiislamu ambayo ikijulikana k<strong>wa</strong><br />

enzi zile. Zaidi ya hayo, <strong>al</strong>ipitia maandiko ya madhehebu<br />

mb<strong>al</strong>imb<strong>al</strong>i ambayo yamepotea kutoka kwenye Uislamu, <strong>al</strong>isoma<br />

vitabu vya dini ya Kikiristo, Kiyahudi na madhehebu mb<strong>al</strong>imb<strong>al</strong>i<br />

na <strong>al</strong>iandika k<strong>wa</strong> upana uchambuzi <strong>wa</strong>ke katika hayo yote.<br />

Ibn Taymiyyah pia <strong>al</strong>ichukua nafasi yake katika Jihaad dhidi ya<br />

Wamongoli ambao <strong>wa</strong>liiteka sehemu za mashariki na kaskazini<br />

m<strong>wa</strong> taifa la Abbasid na k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati ule <strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> ni tishio k<strong>wa</strong><br />

Misri na Afrika Kaskazini.<br />

Wanafunzi <strong>wa</strong> bn Taymiyyah <strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> miongoni m<strong>wa</strong><br />

Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong>kub<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong> Kiislamu k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong>o na <strong>wa</strong>libeba<br />

79 Mabadiliko na Maendeleo ya Fiqhi ‘Evolution of Fiqh’ uk.144 cha Dr. Bil<strong>al</strong><br />

Philips<br />

58


k<strong>wa</strong> kizazi kinachofuata mabango [elimu] ya Ijtihaad na<br />

ku<strong>wa</strong>rudisha katika vyanzo safi vya Uislamu <strong>al</strong>ivyovinyanyua<br />

yeye. Miongoni m<strong>wa</strong>o ni Ibn Qayyim, M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni mkub<strong>wa</strong><br />

katika nyanja za Fiqh na Hadiyth, adh-Dhahabiy, mta<strong>al</strong>amu katika<br />

uchambuzi <strong>wa</strong> Hadiyth na Ibn Kathiyr, mta<strong>al</strong>amu <strong>wa</strong> Tafsiyr,<br />

historia na Hadiyth.<br />

Allaah Alimfanya Yeye Ku<strong>wa</strong> ni Mtu <strong>wa</strong> Juu na Mpambanuzi<br />

<strong>wa</strong> Ukweli na Uongo 80<br />

Hili ni jambo amb<strong>al</strong>o pia likijulikana. Yeye (Allaah awe radhi<br />

naye) haku<strong>wa</strong> na kitabu hata kimoja au fat<strong>wa</strong> isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />

<strong>al</strong>ichagua ndani yake maandiko mazito na ushahidi yakinifu juu<br />

ya yote, na akaingiza pia neno la ukweli pamoja na ushahidi<br />

mwingi <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zi na ushahidi ambao yeyote atakayezipitia aki<strong>wa</strong><br />

na dhana safi, moyo <strong>wa</strong>ke utaku<strong>wa</strong> ubaridi k<strong>wa</strong> hizo na hatimaye<br />

utafungika k<strong>wa</strong>mba ni ukweli usio na shaka. Katika maandiko<br />

yake yote unaona k<strong>wa</strong>mba i<strong>wa</strong>po Hadiyth ni sahihi, moja k<strong>wa</strong><br />

moja anaichukua na anaifanyia kazi, na kuiweka mbele juu ya<br />

maoni ya M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni au Mujtahid yeyote.<br />

Mfuatiliaji asiyefungamana na upande wowote atagundua<br />

k<strong>wa</strong>mba maneno yake y<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> yanaenda k<strong>wa</strong> mujibu <strong>wa</strong> Quraan<br />

na Sunnah, na <strong>wa</strong>la haendi kinyume na maneno yake k<strong>wa</strong><br />

maneno ya mtu mwengine, hata iki<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba mtu huyo awe<br />

vipi, na <strong>wa</strong>la haku<strong>wa</strong> na hofu ya mta<strong>wa</strong>la, mamlaka, mijeledi, au<br />

upanga k<strong>wa</strong> kufanya hivi, na <strong>wa</strong>la hatayatupa [maneno yake] k<strong>wa</strong><br />

maoni ya mtu mwengine yeyote. Alikamatana vyema kabisa k<strong>wa</strong><br />

mshiko <strong>wa</strong> kisa<strong>wa</strong>sa<strong>wa</strong>, akiifanyia kazi Maneno Yake Mtukufu:<br />

ُهودَُﻓ ٍءْﻲَﺷ ﻲِﻓ ُْْﻋَزﺎََﺗ نَِﻓ ۖ ُِْﻣ ِْﻣَﺄْﻟا ﻲِﻟوُأَو َلُﺳﻟا اُﻌَِأَو َـﻟا اُﻌَِأ اَُﻣ َﻳِﻟا ﺎَﻬﻳَأ ﺎَﻳ<br />

٥٩<br />

ﺎًﻳِوْﺄَﺗ َُْﺣَأَو ٌَْﺧ َِﻟَٰذ ۚ ِِﺧﺂْﻟا ِمَْْﻟاَو ِـﻟﺎِﺑ َنُِﻣُْﺗ ُُْآ نِإ ِلُﺳﻟا َو ِـﻟا ﻰَﻟِإ<br />

{“Enyi mlioamini! Mtiini Allaah na mtiini Mtume na wenye<br />

mamlaka juu yenu, <strong>wa</strong>lio katika nyie (Waislamu wenzenu). Na<br />

kama mkikhit<strong>al</strong>ifiana juu ya jambo lolote basi lirudisheni k<strong>wa</strong><br />

80 The Lofty Virtues of Ibn Taymiyyah, uk. 30.<br />

59


Allaah na Mtume, iki<strong>wa</strong> mnam<strong>wa</strong>mini Allaah na Siku ya<br />

Mwisho. Hiyo ndiyo kheri, nayo ina matokeo bora kabisa.”} 81<br />

Na:<br />

60<br />

١٠<br />

ۚ ِـﻟا ﻰَﻟِإ َُُُْﻓ ٍءْﻲَﺷ ِﻣ ِِﻓ ََُْْْﺧا ﺎَﻣَو<br />

{“Na (<strong>wa</strong>kumbushe <strong>wa</strong>tu) Mola <strong>wa</strong>ko <strong>al</strong>ipomwita (Nabii) Muusa,<br />

(Akam<strong>wa</strong>mbia); “Nenda k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>tu madh<strong>al</strong>imu”} 82<br />

Sikupatapo kusikia mtu yeyote <strong>al</strong>iyejulikana kama <strong>al</strong>ivyo yeye<br />

katika umakini <strong>wa</strong> h<strong>al</strong>i ya juu <strong>wa</strong> kufuata Qur-aan na Sunnah,<br />

jitihada zake katika kuzichambua maana zake, na matendo yake<br />

y<strong>al</strong>iegemea katika amri zake. Hakupatapo kupitia jambo amb<strong>al</strong>o<br />

Wanachuoni hapo kabla <strong>wa</strong>metoa hukumu isipoku<strong>wa</strong> yeye<br />

akichagua iliyo na nguvu na iliyo karibu na Qur-aan na Sunnah<br />

kutokana nazo. Allaah <strong>al</strong>imbariki k<strong>wa</strong> sifa hii, na akamfanya ku<strong>wa</strong><br />

ni mtu mwenye amri k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> enzi zake.<br />

Hii ilifikia h<strong>al</strong>i hadi k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>naotoka sehemu za mb<strong>al</strong>i<br />

kumtumia k<strong>wa</strong>ke yeye k<strong>wa</strong> fataa<strong>wa</strong> kuhusiana na h<strong>al</strong>i zao, na<br />

hu<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kimuuliza kuelezea k<strong>wa</strong> ajili yao utata <strong>wa</strong>lioku<strong>wa</strong> nao<br />

kuhusiana na hili na lile. Hivyo, hu<strong>wa</strong>tuliza nyoyo zao k<strong>wa</strong><br />

majibu yenye kutosheleza, yanayoshikika, na mara zote<br />

huegemeza msimamo <strong>wa</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong> uthibitisho ulio <strong>wa</strong>zi kutoka k<strong>wa</strong><br />

maelezo h<strong>al</strong><strong>al</strong>i ya Wanachuoni, hadi k<strong>wa</strong>mba mtu yeyote mwenye<br />

uoni, elimu, na haya <strong>al</strong>iyeacha utashi <strong>wa</strong>ke na kukutana nazo<br />

huzikub<strong>al</strong>i, na ukweli hu<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zi k<strong>wa</strong>o.<br />

I<strong>wa</strong>po mtu atasikika kumpinga au kuvamia heshima yake, mara<br />

zote hutokezea ku<strong>wa</strong> hao ni <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>naotambulikana na <strong>wa</strong>tu<br />

wengi ku<strong>wa</strong> ni <strong>wa</strong>tendaji maovu, na yeyote anayependa<br />

kuthibitisha haya ninayosema, m<strong>wa</strong>che aang<strong>al</strong>ie k<strong>wa</strong> jicho la uoni,<br />

k<strong>wa</strong>ni hatoona M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni kutoka ardhi yoyote anayemfuata<br />

Imamu huyu na kutambua sifa na uongozi <strong>al</strong>iotunuki<strong>wa</strong> na<br />

Allaah, na humsifu k<strong>wa</strong> kila mkusanyiko isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />

katika nyuma ya kila M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni <strong>wa</strong>o ni <strong>wa</strong>fuasi <strong>wa</strong>korofi <strong>wa</strong><br />

81 An-Nisaa: 59<br />

82 Ash-Shuuraa: 10


Qur-aan na Sunnah, na wenye kushughulish<strong>wa</strong> [na dunia] katika<br />

ku[to]itafuta Akhera na [inga<strong>wa</strong>] ni wenye kuitaka, na <strong>wa</strong>o ni<br />

wenye kuwepo mb<strong>al</strong>i kutokana na ukwepaji au ku<strong>wa</strong> na ujinga<br />

nayo.<br />

Vivyo hivyo, hutopata kuona M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni hata mmoja<br />

akimpinga yeye na kuchukuli<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> uadui isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba ni<br />

mwenye bidii miongoni m<strong>wa</strong>o katika kuzitafuta lah<strong>wa</strong> za dunya,<br />

na ni <strong>wa</strong> juu <strong>wa</strong>o katika kujionesha na kutafuta sifa, na ni <strong>wa</strong><br />

mwisho <strong>wa</strong> ustaarabu katika tabia njema, mwenye kushirikiana na<br />

<strong>wa</strong>nyanyasaji katika majaribio yao, na mwenye pupa miongoni<br />

m<strong>wa</strong>o kusema uongo. Ukiang<strong>al</strong>ia <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>lioku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kimpenda<br />

na <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>siompenda kuanzia k<strong>wa</strong> asiyeju<strong>wa</strong> [hata] kusoma,<br />

utaona <strong>wa</strong>o k<strong>wa</strong>mba ku<strong>wa</strong> ni <strong>wa</strong>adilifu kama vile nilivyoyaelezea<br />

hayo makundi mawili ya Wanachuoni hapo juu. Nimejaribu<br />

kuonesha na kufikiria k<strong>wa</strong> y<strong>al</strong>e niliyosema hapo juu, na<br />

nimegundua k<strong>wa</strong>mba ni has<strong>wa</strong> kabisa kama nilivyoeleza.<br />

Naapa k<strong>wa</strong> Allaah, sitoacha mbele ya yeyote kuzungumza haya,<br />

na yeyote mwenye shaka k<strong>wa</strong> ninayosema, basi na ajifikirie yeye<br />

mwenyewe na ataona k<strong>wa</strong>mba y<strong>al</strong>e ninayosema i<strong>wa</strong>po<br />

atajiondolea ufuniko <strong>wa</strong> shaha<strong>wa</strong> zake. Hii sio kesi isipoku<strong>wa</strong><br />

k<strong>wa</strong> sababu Allaah Ametambua usafi makini <strong>wa</strong> Imamu huyu, na<br />

ukweli na kujitolea k<strong>wa</strong>ke katika kutafuta Ridhaa za Mola <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />

na kuifuata Sunnah ya Mtume Wake (S<strong>wa</strong>lla Allaahu ‘<strong>al</strong>ayhi <strong>wa</strong><br />

a<strong>al</strong>ihi <strong>wa</strong> s<strong>al</strong>lam). 83<br />

Hadhi Yake Miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong> Enzi Zake<br />

Shaykhul-Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na hadhi bora miongoni<br />

m<strong>wa</strong> Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong> enzi zake. Hii ni kutokana na sababu nyingi,<br />

kama vile uwezo <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> kusa<strong>wa</strong>zisha mambo ambayo yenye<br />

utata k<strong>wa</strong> Wanachuoni wengine <strong>wa</strong> enzi zake, kama vile su<strong>al</strong>a la<br />

ku<strong>wa</strong>piga vita Matartar na su<strong>al</strong>a la utajiri uliotoka k<strong>wa</strong> baadhi ya<br />

83 Kama ilivyotaj<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>al</strong>-Haafidh <strong>al</strong>-Bazzaar ndani ya kitabu cha The Lofty<br />

Virtues of Ibn Taymiyyah, uk. 30.<br />

61


madhehebu ya Maraafidhah. 84 Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>iyapigia mbizi<br />

masu<strong>al</strong>a haya na kuyatolea ufafanuzi k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu.<br />

Mnamo m<strong>wa</strong>ka 701H, Myahudi mmoja kutoka Khaybar akidai<br />

k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na barua kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> Mjumbe <strong>wa</strong> Allaah (S<strong>wa</strong>lla<br />

Allaahu ‘<strong>al</strong>ayhi <strong>wa</strong> a<strong>al</strong>ihi <strong>wa</strong> s<strong>al</strong>lam), ambayo iliharibu [hukumu<br />

sahihi ya] Jizyah ambayo Mayahudi <strong>wa</strong>lilazimika kuilipa k<strong>wa</strong><br />

Waislamu. Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>iweka bayana uongo <strong>wa</strong>ke na kuipitia<br />

mapungufu yake na kuitoa thamani barua hiyo kutokana na<br />

maelekezo ya Hadiyth na pia k<strong>wa</strong> kuegemezea elimu ya historia. 85<br />

Wakati huo huo, Ibn Taymiyyah aki<strong>wa</strong> jela mjini Cairo, Ibn<br />

Kathiyr anataja: “Masu<strong>al</strong>a ya kisheria y<strong>al</strong>iyo magumu y<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong><br />

yakilet<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>ke kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> magavana na <strong>wa</strong>tu mahsusi, ambayo<br />

Maulamaa <strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> ha<strong>wa</strong>wezi kuyafanyia kazi, na yeye huyajibu<br />

kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> Kitabu na Sunnah katika namna ambayo akili<br />

huwek<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zi.” 86<br />

Sababu nyengine ni nafasi yake katika Jihaad; <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> sio tu<br />

k<strong>wa</strong>mba ni askari mwenye nguvu lakini pia mueleweshaji na<br />

muongozaji. Alifuat<strong>wa</strong> baadaye kutoa ushauri na mikakati ya<br />

kivita.<br />

La muhimu zaidi, moja kati ya sababu kuu zilizoku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />

msuku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong> kuhodhi nafasi bora kabisa miongoni m<strong>wa</strong><br />

Wanachuoni na <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>naofanana naye ni uwezo <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong><br />

kuelezea elimu. P<strong>al</strong>e anapotoa mhadhara; anapofikisha<br />

mazungumzo; anapotoa hukumu ya kisheria; anapoandika barua<br />

au kuandika kitabu katika nyanja yoyote, huz<strong>al</strong>isha ki<strong>wa</strong>ngo cha<br />

elimu ambacho kipo mb<strong>al</strong>i kabisa na ku<strong>wa</strong>shinda Wanachuoni<br />

wengine <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong>ke. Hii ndio sababu ya Ibn Taymiyyah<br />

ku<strong>wa</strong> ni sehemu ya rejeo miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu. Popote <strong>wa</strong>tu<br />

<strong>wa</strong>wili <strong>wa</strong>napokutana na mgogoro kuhusiana na su<strong>al</strong>a – na<br />

huenda <strong>wa</strong>ka<strong>wa</strong> ni <strong>wa</strong>tu wenye elimu na <strong>wa</strong>nafunzi mfano <strong>wa</strong><br />

hao kama ilivyoonekana kwenye baadhi ya masu<strong>al</strong>a – ma<strong>wa</strong>zo<br />

yake hu<strong>wa</strong> ndio sababu ya masa<strong>wa</strong>zisho.<br />

84 Al-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong> an-Nihaayah, 14/78.<br />

85 Al-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong> an-Nihaayah, 14/19<br />

86 Al-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong> an-Nihaayah, 14/46.<br />

62


Namna Wanachuoni W<strong>al</strong>ivyomsifu 87<br />

Wanachuoni wengi <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong>ke na baada ya <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />

<strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kimsifu Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam k<strong>wa</strong> elimu yake, ikhlasi<br />

yake, haya, na kufuata k<strong>wa</strong> ukaribu namna za S<strong>al</strong>af. Matamko<br />

mengi katika haya ya kumsifia yamekusany<strong>wa</strong> ndani ya kitabu<br />

kilichoandik<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>al</strong>-Haafidh Ibn Naasir ad-Diyn kilichope<strong>wa</strong> jina<br />

la ‘Radd <strong>al</strong>-Waafir’ kikikana dai lililochupa mpaka, lile amb<strong>al</strong>o<br />

linadai kusema k<strong>wa</strong>mba Ibn Taymiyyah, ‘Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam’,<br />

haku<strong>wa</strong> na imani.<br />

Baadhi ya maneno haya ya kumsifia na matamko ya kumkub<strong>al</strong>i<br />

Imaam huyu hayakuja tu kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>nafunzi <strong>wa</strong>ke na <strong>wa</strong>fuasi<br />

<strong>wa</strong>ke, lakini pia kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> maadui zake <strong>wa</strong>liotoa thibati<br />

k<strong>wa</strong>mba amevuka ki<strong>wa</strong>ngo cha elimu na ufahamu, na<br />

h<strong>al</strong>ikadh<strong>al</strong>ika <strong>wa</strong>metoa ushuhuda <strong>wa</strong> jitihada yake, ukarimu na<br />

Jihaad yake k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya Allaah na k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya kuutetea Uislamu.<br />

Yanafuatia baadhi ya maneno haya ya kumsifia na kumtamkia:<br />

• Shaykh Ibn Naaswir <strong>al</strong>-Diyn <strong>al</strong>-Dimashqi ameandika kitabu<br />

kiit<strong>wa</strong>cha <strong>al</strong>-Radd <strong>al</strong>-Waafir ‘<strong>al</strong>a man za’ama anna man sammaa Ibn<br />

Taymiyyah Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam kaafir, ambacho ndani yake amekana<br />

Mahanafi <strong>wa</strong>liokithirisha na <strong>wa</strong>liodai k<strong>wa</strong>mba hairuhusiki<br />

kumuita Ibn Taymiyyah “Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam”, na k<strong>wa</strong>mba yule<br />

ambaye atafanya hivyo ataku<strong>wa</strong> ni kaafir. Ndani yake [kitabu<br />

hichi] anataja Maimamu themanini na tano (85), wote ambao<br />

<strong>wa</strong>memtaja Ibn Taymiyyah kama ni Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam, na<br />

kunukuu maneno yao kutoka kwenye vitabu vyao k<strong>wa</strong> athari<br />

hiyo. P<strong>al</strong>e <strong>al</strong>-Haafidh Ibn Hajar (Allaah Amshushie rehema<br />

zake) <strong>al</strong>iposoma kitabu hichi – <strong>al</strong>-Radd <strong>al</strong>-Waafir – <strong>al</strong>ikiandikia<br />

utangulizi, ambao <strong>al</strong>isema:<br />

Shukrani zote ni za Allaah, amani iwe juu ya <strong>wa</strong>tum<strong>wa</strong> Wake<br />

na ambao Ame<strong>wa</strong>chagua.<br />

87 Imechukuli<strong>wa</strong> kutoka,<br />

http://www.<strong>al</strong>laahuakbar.net/scholars/Ibn_taymiyyah/Shaykh_<strong>al</strong><strong>islaam</strong>.htm<br />

ya Abu Rumaysah.<br />

63


Nimekutana na kitabu hichi chenye manufaa na kugundua<br />

namna elimu ya ndani ya Imaam <strong>al</strong>iyoandika, na namna <strong>al</strong>ivyo<br />

mahiri katika matawi mengi ya elimu, hadi kufikia ku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />

M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni mkub<strong>wa</strong> mwenye kuheshimika na kusifika k<strong>wa</strong><br />

Wanachuoni. Nafasi yake maarufu <strong>al</strong>iyoku<strong>wa</strong> nayo Shaykh<br />

Taqiyud-Diyn kama ni Imaam, ni yenye kuangaza kuliko jua,<br />

na jina lake kama ni Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />

limeendelea kubakia hadi leo na litaendelea kubakia hadi<br />

kesho. Hakuna anayekataa hilo isipoku<strong>wa</strong> yule <strong>al</strong>iyeku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />

mjinga <strong>wa</strong> nafasi yake mwenyewe, au asiye ku<strong>wa</strong> muadilifu. Ni<br />

namna gani ataku<strong>wa</strong> mkosefu yule anayefikiria hivyo na k<strong>wa</strong><br />

namna gani ataku<strong>wa</strong> amekwenda mrama. Allaah ni Mmoja<br />

Ambaye tunamuomba kutulinda sisi kutokana na maovu ya<br />

nafsi zetu na ndimi zetu k<strong>wa</strong> Baraka zake na uongofu. I<strong>wa</strong>po<br />

kungeliku<strong>wa</strong> hakuna ushahidi mwengine <strong>wa</strong> hadhi kuu ya mtu<br />

huyu isipoku<strong>wa</strong> kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> y<strong>al</strong>e y<strong>al</strong>iyoeleze<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>al</strong>-Haafidh<br />

ash-Shahiyr ‘Ilm <strong>al</strong>-Diyn <strong>al</strong>-Barza<strong>al</strong>iy ndani ya Taariykh, (p<strong>al</strong>e<br />

<strong>al</strong>iposema):<br />

“Kuliku<strong>wa</strong> hakuna mtu ndani ya historia ya Uislamu ambaye<br />

maziko yake <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>likusanyika kama <strong>wa</strong>livyofanya k<strong>wa</strong><br />

maziko ya Shaykh Taqiyud-Diyn. Ameweka bayana k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />

maziko ya Imaam Ahmad y<strong>al</strong>ihudhuri<strong>wa</strong> na mamia k<strong>wa</strong><br />

maelfu, lakini idadi ya Damascus iliku<strong>wa</strong> in<strong>al</strong>ingana na ya<br />

Baghdad, au zaidi ya idadi kub<strong>wa</strong>, hakuna mtu ambaye<br />

angejaribu kukaa mb<strong>al</strong>i ya maziko yake. Zaidi ya hivyo, wote<br />

ambao <strong>wa</strong>likuwepo Baghdad, isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>chache,<br />

<strong>wa</strong>kiamini katika uongozi <strong>wa</strong> Imaam Ahmad. Mta<strong>wa</strong>la na<br />

Kh<strong>al</strong>iyfah <strong>wa</strong> Baghdad k<strong>wa</strong> kipindi hicho <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na nafasi<br />

kub<strong>wa</strong> ya mapenzi na heshima k<strong>wa</strong>ke. Hii ni tofauti na kesi ya<br />

Ibn Taymiyyah, k<strong>wa</strong> mta<strong>wa</strong>la <strong>wa</strong> mji kutokuwepo <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong><br />

kifo chake, na mafuqaha <strong>wa</strong>lio wengi ndani ya mji huo<br />

<strong>wa</strong>lijitengea kikundi dhidi yake, na <strong>al</strong>ikufa aki<strong>wa</strong> kifungoni<br />

ndani ya ngome. Lakini juu ya yote, hakuna <strong>al</strong>iyekaa mb<strong>al</strong>i ya<br />

maziko yake au kushind<strong>wa</strong> kumtakia rehema yeye na<br />

kuomboleza, isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>tatu <strong>wa</strong>liokaa mb<strong>al</strong>i k<strong>wa</strong><br />

hofu ya hamaki za <strong>wa</strong>tu wengi.<br />

Inga<strong>wa</strong> idadi hizi kub<strong>wa</strong> zilifika mazikoni, kuliku<strong>wa</strong> hakuna<br />

msukumo k<strong>wa</strong> hilo isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni mtu<br />

64


mkub<strong>wa</strong> na hamu yao ya kutaka Baraka k<strong>wa</strong> kuhudhuria<br />

maziko yake. Ha<strong>wa</strong>kujikusanya k<strong>wa</strong> amri za <strong>wa</strong>ta<strong>wa</strong>la au k<strong>wa</strong><br />

sababu nyengine yoyote. Imesimuli<strong>wa</strong> kutoka kwenye simulizi<br />

sahihi k<strong>wa</strong>mba Mtume (S<strong>wa</strong>lla Allaahu ‘<strong>al</strong>ayhi <strong>wa</strong> a<strong>al</strong>ihi <strong>wa</strong><br />

s<strong>al</strong>lam) amesema: “Nyinyi ndio mashahidi <strong>wa</strong> Allaah juu ya<br />

ardhi” – imepoke<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>al</strong>-Bukhaariy na Muslim.<br />

Idadi kadhaa ya Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong>kimpinga Shaykh Taqiyud-<br />

Diyn k<strong>wa</strong> mara nyingi, k<strong>wa</strong> sababu ya hoja za kupingana naye<br />

ambazo ziliendana na masu<strong>al</strong>a makuu na madogo. Kesi nyingi<br />

zilifunguli<strong>wa</strong> dhidi yake mjini Cairo na Damascus, lakini<br />

hakuna ripoti inayosema k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni kafiri na<br />

kuliku<strong>wa</strong> hakuna hukumu inayosema k<strong>wa</strong>mba auawe, inga<strong>wa</strong><br />

kuliku<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>wa</strong>tu wengi ndani ya serik<strong>al</strong>i k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati huo<br />

<strong>wa</strong>lioku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kimpinga k<strong>wa</strong> nguvu zao zote, na <strong>al</strong>ifung<strong>wa</strong> jena<br />

mjini Cairo, kisha baadaye Alexandria. Juu ya yote hayo, wote<br />

<strong>wa</strong>liikub<strong>al</strong>i elimu yake pana na haya zake za ndani kabisa na<br />

ikhlasi yake, na <strong>wa</strong>kimtambua kama ni mkarimu na mwenye<br />

juhudi, h<strong>al</strong>ikadh<strong>al</strong>ika kuutetea Uislamu na ku<strong>wa</strong>ita <strong>wa</strong>tu k<strong>wa</strong><br />

Allaah k<strong>wa</strong> siri na dhahiri. Ni k<strong>wa</strong>nini tusimdumaze yule<br />

anayesema k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni kaafir au yule anayemuita<br />

Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam ni kaafir, <strong>wa</strong>kati hakuna kitu chochote<br />

kinachoonesha kufr k<strong>wa</strong> kumuita hivyo?<br />

Hapana shaka yoyote k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni Shaykh <strong>wa</strong> Uislamu,<br />

na masu<strong>al</strong>a <strong>al</strong>iyoyapinga y<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> sio vitu ambavyo amesema<br />

kutegemeana na matak<strong>wa</strong> na mapenzi yake, na <strong>wa</strong>la<br />

hakusisitiza kuvizungumzia baada ya ushahidi uliofafanuli<strong>wa</strong><br />

dhidi ya <strong>wa</strong>korofi. Vitabu vyake vimejaz<strong>wa</strong> na hoja za<br />

ku<strong>wa</strong>kana <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>liohamasisha elimu isiyoyastaarabika na<br />

yeye ku<strong>wa</strong>kataa. Lakini hata hivyo, yeye <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />

m<strong>wa</strong>naadamu ambaye akifanya makosa na [mengine] kupata<br />

sahihi. Y<strong>al</strong>e ambavyo <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni sahihi – ambayo ni mengi,<br />

yanaweza ku<strong>wa</strong> na manufaa, na tunaweza kumuombea rehma<br />

k<strong>wa</strong>ke kutokana na hayo, na y<strong>al</strong>e ambayo amekosea basi<br />

yasifuatwe, lakini anaweza kutole<strong>wa</strong> udhuru k<strong>wa</strong> hilo, k<strong>wa</strong><br />

sababu Maimamu <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong>meshuhudia k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />

<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na kila sifa ya kuifanyia kazi Ijtihaad; hata yule ambaye<br />

anampinga k<strong>wa</strong> nguvu zote na kujitahidi kumsababishia<br />

madhara, akiit<strong>wa</strong> Shaykh Kama<strong>al</strong> <strong>al</strong>-Diyn <strong>al</strong>-Zam<strong>al</strong>kaaniy,<br />

65


ameshuhudia juu ya hilo, kama <strong>al</strong>ivyofanya Shaykh Sadrud-<br />

Diyn Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Wakiyl, ambaye <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> peke yake <strong>al</strong>iyeweza<br />

kufanya mjad<strong>al</strong>a pamoja na Ibn Taymiyyah.<br />

W<strong>al</strong>a haishangazi k<strong>wa</strong>mba mtu huyu <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> mpinzani<br />

<strong>al</strong>iyeamini<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>zushi kama vile Raafidhi, Huluulis na<br />

Ittihaadi, ambao maandiko juu ya hilo ni mengi na maarufu,<br />

ambayo fat<strong>wa</strong> zao kuhusiana nao ni mengi kuweza kuyahesabu.<br />

Ni namna gani <strong>wa</strong>ngeliku<strong>wa</strong> na furaha kutambua k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />

kuna <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>naomtuhumu k<strong>wa</strong> kufuru na kusema k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />

yule asiyemtambua ku<strong>wa</strong> ni kafiri basi ni kafiri. Yule <strong>al</strong>iyedai<br />

ku<strong>wa</strong> na elimu, i<strong>wa</strong>po ana sababu ama hisia, basi na apigie<br />

mbizi maneno ya mtu huyo ndani ya vitabu vyake, au kusikia<br />

kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>simulizi <strong>wa</strong>aminifu na <strong>wa</strong>kweli, ili k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />

aweke mb<strong>al</strong>i y<strong>al</strong>e anayoyaona ku<strong>wa</strong> ni pingamizi na ku<strong>wa</strong>onya<br />

wengine k<strong>wa</strong> njia ya ukweli, na kumsifia k<strong>wa</strong> masu<strong>al</strong>a<br />

<strong>al</strong>iyoku<strong>wa</strong> sahihi, kama vile tabia ya Wanachuoni wengine<br />

<strong>wa</strong>livyoku<strong>wa</strong>. I<strong>wa</strong>po hakuna sifa yoyote nzuri ndani yake yeye<br />

isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> ukweli k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni m<strong>wa</strong>nafunzi <strong>wa</strong><br />

Shaykh Shamsudi-Diyn Ibn Qayyim <strong>al</strong>-Jawziyyah, m<strong>wa</strong>ndishi<br />

<strong>wa</strong> vitabu vingi vyenye manufaa, ambavyo kila mtu<br />

amenufaika navyo, basi hilo linatosha kuonesha nafasi yake ya<br />

juu, je ni k<strong>wa</strong> namna gani p<strong>al</strong>e uweledi <strong>wa</strong>ke ndani ya nyanja<br />

tofauti za elimu na usomaji <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> kipekee <strong>wa</strong> maandiko<br />

ulivyothibitish<strong>wa</strong> na Mashaafiy <strong>wa</strong>kub<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong> enzi zake na<br />

wengineo, na zaidi k<strong>wa</strong> Mahanb<strong>al</strong>i?<br />

Hakuna haja ya kutilia maanani k<strong>wa</strong> yule anayemuita ku<strong>wa</strong> yeye<br />

ni kafiri juu ya mafanikio yote, au yule anayemtambua ku<strong>wa</strong><br />

anayemuita “Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam” ku<strong>wa</strong> ni kafiri, na k<strong>wa</strong> namna<br />

fulani adharauliwe k<strong>wa</strong> mnasaba <strong>wa</strong> jambo hili; k<strong>wa</strong> hakika<br />

ajibiwe k<strong>wa</strong> namna ya kumkana kutokana na kusema hivyo, hadi<br />

p<strong>al</strong>e atakaporudi katika ukweli. Allaah anazungumza ukweli na<br />

Ana<strong>wa</strong>ongoa <strong>wa</strong>tu katika njia sahihi; Allaah Anatutoa sisi na Yeye<br />

ndie bora <strong>wa</strong> kuyaharibu mambo. 88<br />

88 (Imesem<strong>wa</strong> na kuandik<strong>wa</strong> na Ahmad Ibn ‘Aliy Ibn Muhammad Ibn Hajar<br />

ash-Shafi’iy, Allaah Amsamehe, siku ya Ijumaa ya mwezi 9 <strong>wa</strong> Rabiy’ <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Aw<strong>wa</strong>l, m<strong>wa</strong>ka 835H. Shukrani zote ni za Allaah, na tunamuomba Allaah<br />

amtumie s<strong>al</strong>a na s<strong>al</strong>amu juu ya Mjumbe <strong>wa</strong>ke Muhammad na familia yake.)<br />

66


Al-Haafidh Ibn Hajar 89 amesema vitu vichache katika sehemu<br />

tofauti kuhusiana na Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah, ambaye<br />

amethibitisha k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni mtu <strong>wa</strong> elimu na mwema<br />

<strong>al</strong>iyeihami Sunnah. Nukta ambazo <strong>al</strong>-Haafidh Ibn Hajar<br />

(Rahimahu Allaahu) amempinga Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam zinaweza<br />

kufut<strong>wa</strong>, na kuna <strong>wa</strong>le ambao <strong>wa</strong>mempinga Ibn Hajar yeye<br />

mwenyewe katika baadhi ya nukta za ‘Aqiydah. Isipoku<strong>wa</strong><br />

tutanukuu y<strong>al</strong>e ambayo amesema kumsifia Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam, k<strong>wa</strong><br />

minaajili ya kuweka bayana makosa ya <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>naosema k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />

<strong>al</strong>-Haafidh (Rahimahu Allaahu) haku<strong>wa</strong> ni mwenye<br />

kumuheshimu Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah.<br />

Kinachofuatia ni kuang<strong>al</strong>ia k<strong>wa</strong> juu juu y<strong>al</strong>e <strong>al</strong>iyosema <strong>al</strong>-Haafidh<br />

Ibn Hajar (Rahimahu Allaahu) kuhusiana na Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Ibn<br />

Taymiyyah (Rahimahu Allaahu)<br />

• <strong>al</strong>-Haafidh Ibn Hajar ameandika <strong><strong>wa</strong>sifu</strong> mrefu <strong>wa</strong> Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah (Rahimahu Allaahu) ndani ya kitabu<br />

chake cha <strong>al</strong>-Durar <strong>al</strong>-Kaaminah, m<strong>wa</strong>nzoni amesema:<br />

Baba yake amemchukua kutoka Harraan ndani ya m<strong>wa</strong>ka 667<br />

AH, na akajifunza kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> ‘Abd <strong>al</strong>-Daa’im, <strong>al</strong>-Qaasim <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Arbili, Muslim Ibn ‘Allaan Ibn Abi ‘Umar na <strong>al</strong>-Fakhr,<br />

miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> baadhi tu. Amesoma mwenyewe na kunukuu<br />

Sunan Abi Dawuud, na kusoma <strong>al</strong>-rija<strong>al</strong> (<strong>wa</strong>simulizi <strong>wa</strong> Hadiyth)<br />

na <strong>al</strong>-il<strong>al</strong> (makosa ndani ya Hadiyth). Amepata elimu ya ndani<br />

kabisa, na akajitofautisha na kwenda mbele zaidi ya wengine.<br />

Ameandika vitabu, kusomesha na kutoa fat<strong>wa</strong>, na ame<strong>wa</strong>shinda<br />

wenziwe. Aliku<strong>wa</strong> na uwezo <strong>wa</strong> ajabu <strong>wa</strong> kukusanya tena<br />

mara moja; <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na jitihada; <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na elimu ya ndani<br />

katika masu<strong>al</strong>a ya maandiko na hoja; na <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na uwezo <strong>wa</strong><br />

Al-Radd <strong>al</strong>-Waafir cha Imaam Ibn Naasirid-Diyn <strong>al</strong>-Dimashqiy (uk. 145, 146),<br />

<strong>al</strong>-Haafidh <strong>al</strong>-Sakhaawiy – m<strong>wa</strong>nafunzi <strong>wa</strong> Ibn Hajar – amenukuu maneno ya<br />

Shaykh <strong>wa</strong>ke ndani ya kitabu chake cha <strong>al</strong>-Ja<strong>wa</strong>ahir <strong>wa</strong>l-Durar (2/734-736).<br />

89 Al-Haafidh Ibn Hajar <strong>al</strong>-‘Asq<strong>al</strong>aaniy ni Imaamu maarufu <strong>al</strong>iyefariki mnamo<br />

m<strong>wa</strong>ka 852AH; ambaye ni m<strong>wa</strong>ndishi <strong>wa</strong> vitabu vyenye manufaa kama vile<br />

Fat-h <strong>al</strong>-Baariy Sharh S<strong>wa</strong>hiyh <strong>al</strong>-Bukhaariy, <strong>al</strong>-T<strong>al</strong>khiys <strong>al</strong>-Habiyr, Tahdhiyb at-<br />

Tahdhiyb na vyenginevyo.<br />

67


kujadili masu<strong>al</strong>a k<strong>wa</strong> undani k<strong>wa</strong> kuegemea maoni ya<br />

Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nzo <strong>wa</strong> baadaye. 90<br />

• Ibn Hajar amenukuu ndani ya <strong><strong>wa</strong>sifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong>ke maandiko mengi ya<br />

Maimamu <strong>wa</strong>liomsifia Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam (Rahimahu Allaahu)<br />

na kuuthibitsha usomi <strong>wa</strong>ke katika hoja na nyanja za maandiko<br />

ya elimu. K<strong>wa</strong> mfano, amesema:<br />

“Nimesoma katika maandishi ya <strong>al</strong>-Haafidh S<strong>al</strong>aahud-Diyn <strong>al</strong>-<br />

‘Alaa’iy p<strong>al</strong>e <strong>al</strong>ipoandika kuhusu <strong><strong>wa</strong>sifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong> Shaykh <strong>wa</strong> ma<br />

Shaykh, <strong>al</strong>-Haafidh Bahaaud-Diyn ‘Abdullaah Ibn Muhammad<br />

Ibn Kh<strong>al</strong>ily, yafuatayo: Bahaaud-Diyn huyu amejifunza kutoka<br />

k<strong>wa</strong> Ma<strong>shaykh</strong> <strong>wa</strong>wili, Shaykh wetu, na mta<strong>al</strong>amu na kiongozi<br />

<strong>wa</strong> njia ya Allaah, Shaykh mkub<strong>wa</strong>, yule anayeongoza <strong>wa</strong>fuasi<br />

<strong>wa</strong>ke katika njia bora, yule ambaye <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na sifa karimu<br />

nyingi na ushahidi <strong>wa</strong> nguvu, ambao mataifa yote<br />

<strong>wa</strong>nathibitisha k<strong>wa</strong>mba ha<strong>wa</strong>taweza kuorodhesha ushahidi<br />

wote huu; Mola Atuja<strong>al</strong>ie na sisi kusoma kutoka kwenye elimu<br />

yake kub<strong>wa</strong> na kunufaika nayo sisi k<strong>wa</strong> njia za elimu yake<br />

ndani ya dunia hii na Akhera. Huyo ni Shaykh, Imaam,<br />

M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni, m<strong>wa</strong>limu, nyota inayo ngara, Imaam <strong>wa</strong><br />

Maimamu, Baraka ya Ummah, kiongozi <strong>wa</strong> Wanachuoni, mfano<br />

<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu kuufuata, m<strong>wa</strong>ngaza <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>somi, mnyanyasaji <strong>wa</strong><br />

<strong>wa</strong>zushi, bahri ya elimu, hazina ya <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>naotafuta manufaa,<br />

mfasiri <strong>wa</strong> Qur-aan, maajabu ya <strong>wa</strong>kati wetu, asiyeshind<strong>wa</strong><br />

[k<strong>wa</strong> hoja sahihi] k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati wetu, Taqiyud-Diyn, Imaam <strong>wa</strong><br />

Waislamu, ushahidi <strong>wa</strong> Allaah dhidi ya dunia, ni mmoja <strong>wa</strong><br />

<strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>naojumuika na <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> kweli, mfuataji <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>liopita<br />

kabla yake, mwenye kuukub<strong>al</strong>i ukweli, <strong>al</strong>ama ya uongofu,<br />

muhifadhi <strong>wa</strong> juu, mwenye hadhi ya juu ya kuzungumza k<strong>wa</strong><br />

ufasaha, nguzo ya Shari’ah, mwenye kuhodhi elimu bora kabisa,<br />

Abul-‘Abbaas Ibn Taymiyyah.” 91<br />

Inga<strong>wa</strong> hayo maandiko niliyoyanukuu au kuyarejea, yana maneno<br />

ya <strong>al</strong>-Haafidh Ibn Hajar (Rahimahu Allaahu) au ambayo<br />

yamenukuli<strong>wa</strong> na <strong>al</strong>-Haafidh kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> wengine, kuzungumzia<br />

heshima ya Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam na kuweka bayana hadhi yake ndani<br />

ya nyanja ya elimu za Diyn, k<strong>wa</strong>mba haimaanishi ku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>al</strong>-<br />

90 Ad-Durar <strong>al</strong>-Kaaminah fi A’yaan <strong>al</strong>-Mi’ah <strong>al</strong>-Thaaminah (1/168).<br />

91 Ad-Durar <strong>al</strong>-Kaaminah (186-187).<br />

68


Haafidh hakupingana na Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam hata kidogo ndani ya<br />

baadhi ya maeneo ya elimu, au k<strong>wa</strong>mba hakupatapo kumpinga<br />

[kielimu], k<strong>wa</strong> sababu kika<strong>wa</strong>ida inatokezea k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />

M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni mmoja hupingana na mwengine, bila ya ulazima<br />

<strong>wa</strong> kumaanisha k<strong>wa</strong>mba yule anayepingana na mwengine<br />

hamuheshimu au hakub<strong>al</strong>iana na hadhi ya huyo mwengine,<br />

achilia mb<strong>al</strong>i kumtuhumu k<strong>wa</strong> uzushi au upotofu. Hapo zamani,<br />

Imaam Ma<strong>al</strong>ik (Rahimahu Allaahu) <strong>al</strong>izungumza maneno yake<br />

maarufu: “Maoni ya mtu yeyote yanaweza kukub<strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong> au<br />

kukat<strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong>, isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> yule anayeshughulish<strong>wa</strong> na kaburi<br />

hili” au maneno yenye maana kama hiyo – k<strong>wa</strong> maana ya Mjumbe<br />

<strong>wa</strong> Allaah (S<strong>wa</strong>lla Allaahu ‘<strong>al</strong>ayhi <strong>wa</strong> a<strong>al</strong>ihi <strong>wa</strong> s<strong>al</strong>lam).<br />

Bila ya kuj<strong>al</strong>i nani <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> sahihi katika su<strong>al</strong>a fulani, i<strong>wa</strong>po<br />

<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam au yule ambaye anatofautiana naye<br />

au amejaribu kupingana naye, <strong>al</strong>-Haafidh Ibn Hajar au mtu<br />

mwengine yeyote, itaku<strong>wa</strong>je i<strong>wa</strong>po yule <strong>al</strong>iyeku<strong>wa</strong> sahihi katika<br />

masu<strong>al</strong>a mengi ambayo <strong>wa</strong>napingana naye, ni Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam?<br />

(Rahimahu Allaahu) 92<br />

• Imaam adh-Dhahabiy (Rahimahu Allaahu) amesema,<br />

akiorodhesha ma<strong>shaykh</strong> <strong>wa</strong>ke:<br />

Ni Shaykh wetu, Shaykh <strong>wa</strong> Uislamu, asiyeshind<strong>wa</strong> [na mtu]<br />

k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati wetu katika masu<strong>al</strong>a ya kielimu, juhudi, ufahamu,<br />

umahiri <strong>wa</strong> kiroho, ukarimu, ukweli mbele ya Ummah,<br />

uamrishaji mema na ukatazaji mabaya, na usomaji <strong>wa</strong> Hadiyth –<br />

ametumia jitihada zake kub<strong>wa</strong> katika kuitafuta na kuiweka<br />

katika maandishi, na amepitia aina ya <strong>wa</strong>simulizi tofauti na<br />

kuipata elimu ambayo hakuna mtu mwengine <strong>al</strong>iyeipata.<br />

92 Masu<strong>al</strong>a mengi ambayo Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam ameku<strong>wa</strong> akiping<strong>wa</strong>, has<strong>wa</strong> na<br />

Ibn Hajar <strong>al</strong>-Haythamiy, ambaye tumemtaja hapo juu, zinaweza kueleze<strong>wa</strong><br />

k<strong>wa</strong>mba ni zile ambazo zimeandik<strong>wa</strong> na Shaykh Nu’maan Khayr <strong>al</strong>-Diyn Ibn<br />

<strong>al</strong>-Aluusiy (Rahimahu Allaahu) ndani ya kitabu chake chenye manufaa cha<br />

J<strong>al</strong>a’ <strong>al</strong>-‘Aynayn fi Muhaakamah <strong>al</strong>-Ahmadayn, k<strong>wa</strong> maana ya Ahmad Ibn<br />

Taymiyyah na Ahmad Ibn Hajar <strong>al</strong>-Haythamiy (Rahimahu Allaahu).<br />

Hili linaweza pia kupatikana ndani ya kitabu cha Da’a<strong>wa</strong> <strong>al</strong>-Munaawi’een li<br />

Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah, ambacho ni utafiti <strong>wa</strong> kisomi uliofany<strong>wa</strong> na<br />

Dr. ‘Abdullaah Ibn S<strong>wa</strong><strong>al</strong>ih <strong>al</strong>-Ghusuun. Ang<strong>al</strong>ia pia: Islaam Q&A cha<br />

Shaykh Muhammad bin S<strong>wa</strong><strong>al</strong>ih <strong>al</strong>-Munajjid.<br />

69


Amekithirisha katika kuifasiri Qur-aan (tafsiyr) na amechungua<br />

k<strong>wa</strong> ndani katika upambanuzi <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> maana. Amefikia<br />

tafsiri kutokana nayo ambayo hakuna mwengine yeyote<br />

<strong>al</strong>iyeweza kufanya hivyo kabla yake. Pia amekithirisha katika<br />

Hadiyth na uhifadhaji <strong>wa</strong>ke; ni <strong>wa</strong>chache mno <strong>wa</strong>mehifadhi<br />

Hadiyth nyingi kama <strong>al</strong>ivyofanya yeye. Amezifanyia marejeo<br />

Ahaadiyth k<strong>wa</strong> vyanzo vyake muafaka na <strong>wa</strong>simuliaji <strong>wa</strong>ke, na<br />

<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na uwezo mwepesi <strong>wa</strong> kunukuu chochote anachotaka<br />

kuthibitishia ushahidi. Ame<strong>wa</strong>pita <strong>wa</strong>tu wote katika elimu ya<br />

Fiqh na maoni tofauti ya madhehebu mb<strong>al</strong>imb<strong>al</strong>i, na fat<strong>wa</strong> za<br />

S<strong>wa</strong>haabah na Taabi’iyn, hadi kufikia k<strong>wa</strong>mba p<strong>al</strong>e su<strong>al</strong>a la fat<strong>wa</strong><br />

linapoku<strong>wa</strong> h<strong>al</strong>iendani sambamba na maoni ya madhehebu,<br />

basi yeye anaegemeza fat<strong>wa</strong> yake katika maoni ambayo<br />

yanakub<strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> ushahidi ulio mzito. Amekithirisha elimu ya<br />

lugha ya Kiarabu, na kusoma masu<strong>al</strong>a katika ki<strong>wa</strong>ngo cha fikra<br />

na hoja. Amesoma maoni ya <strong>wa</strong>nafilosofa na kuzipinga hoja<br />

zao na kuweka bayana makosa yao na ku<strong>wa</strong>onya dhidi yao.<br />

Ameichukua Sunnah k<strong>wa</strong> ushahidhi na uthibiti ulio na nguvu.<br />

Alidhuri<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya Allaah na <strong>wa</strong>pinzani <strong>wa</strong>ke na<br />

kuchunguz<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> kukub<strong>al</strong>i k<strong>wa</strong>ke Sunnah iliyo safi, hadi p<strong>al</strong>e<br />

Allaah <strong>al</strong>ipomsababishia ku<strong>wa</strong> bora na ku<strong>wa</strong>fanya <strong>wa</strong>ongofu<br />

kuungana katika kumpenda yeye na kumuombea dua, na<br />

ku<strong>wa</strong>komesha maadui zake na ku<strong>wa</strong>ongoa <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong> makundi<br />

na madhehebu mengine kupitia k<strong>wa</strong>ke yeye. Allaah<br />

ame<strong>wa</strong>fanya <strong>wa</strong>f<strong>al</strong>me na makamanda kumganda katika<br />

kumfuata yeye na kumtii, na ameihuisha Syria – na bila ya<br />

shaka Uislamu – kupitia juhudi zake, p<strong>al</strong>e ilipokaribia<br />

kushind<strong>wa</strong>, k<strong>wa</strong> kujadiliana na <strong>wa</strong>ta<strong>wa</strong>la ku<strong>wa</strong>kataa Matartar,<br />

p<strong>al</strong>e <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>lipokaribisha tashwishi kuhusiana na Allaah na<br />

Waumini <strong>wa</strong>kajaribi<strong>wa</strong> na kutikisika k<strong>wa</strong> mtikisiko mkub<strong>wa</strong><br />

(rudia <strong>al</strong>-Ahzaab 33:10-11) na <strong>wa</strong>nafiki <strong>wa</strong>ka<strong>wa</strong> na nguvu.<br />

Sifa zake nzuri ni nyingi, na yeye ni mtu mkub<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> mtu<br />

kama mimi kuzungumzia maisha yake. I<strong>wa</strong>po mimi nitaahidi<br />

kula kiapo baina ya Pembe na Maqaam nitaapa k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />

sijapata kuona mtu mfano <strong>wa</strong>ke yeye, na k<strong>wa</strong>mba yeye hajaona<br />

mtu mfano <strong>wa</strong>ke yeye mwenyewe. 93<br />

93 Dhayl Tabaqaat <strong>al</strong>-Hanaabilah cha Ibn Rajab <strong>al</strong>-Hanb<strong>al</strong>iy (4/390).<br />

70


• Al-Haafidh ‘Imaadud-Diyn <strong>al</strong>-Waasitwiy (Rahimahu Allaahu)<br />

amesema:<br />

Naapa k<strong>wa</strong> Allaah, hakujapatapo kuonekana chini ya kipaa cha<br />

juu cha mbingu mtu yeyote mfano <strong>wa</strong> Shaykh wenu Ibn<br />

Taymiyyah k<strong>wa</strong> elimu, matendo mema, tabia, mambo yake,<br />

kushikana k<strong>wa</strong>ke na Sunnah, ukaribu, kujizuia na kutenda<br />

majukumu ya Allaah p<strong>al</strong>e mipaka Yake mitukufu inapovunj<strong>wa</strong>;<br />

<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni mtu muaminifu kuliko mtu yeyote, mwenye<br />

ufahamu mkub<strong>wa</strong> zaidi <strong>wa</strong> elimu, mwenye athari zaidi,<br />

mwenye umakini zaidi katika kuutetea ukweli, mwenye<br />

ukarimu zaidi, mbora zaidi katika kufuata Sunnah ya<br />

Muhammad (S<strong>wa</strong>lla Allaahu ‘<strong>al</strong>ayhi <strong>wa</strong> a<strong>al</strong>ihi <strong>wa</strong> s<strong>al</strong>lam).<br />

Hatujapatapo kuona yeyote ndani ya <strong>wa</strong>kati wetu<br />

anayefafanua mfano <strong>wa</strong> Mtume Muhammad (S<strong>wa</strong>lla Allaahu<br />

‘<strong>al</strong>ayhi <strong>wa</strong> a<strong>al</strong>ihi <strong>wa</strong> s<strong>al</strong>lam) na Sunnah zake katika maneno na<br />

matendo kuliko mtu huyu; mwenye moyo wenye kuele<strong>wa</strong><br />

atashuhudia k<strong>wa</strong>mba hii ni kufuata Sunnah katika namna<br />

sahihi ya neno. 94<br />

• Al-Haafidh J<strong>al</strong>a<strong>al</strong>ud-Diyn as-Suyuutwiy (Rahimahu Allaahu)<br />

amesema:<br />

Ibn Taymiyyah, Shaykh, Imaam, ‘Allaamah (M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni<br />

mkub<strong>wa</strong>), muhifadhiaji, mpinganiaji, m<strong>wa</strong>na Faqiyh, Mujtahidi,<br />

mfasiri bora kabisa, Shaykh <strong>wa</strong> Uislamu, kiongozi <strong>wa</strong> ikhlaasi,<br />

asiyeshind<strong>wa</strong> katika <strong>wa</strong>kati wetu, Taqiyud-Diyn Abul-‘Abbaas<br />

Ahmad <strong>al</strong>-Mufti Shihaabud-Diyn ‘Abdul-H<strong>al</strong>iym, mtoto <strong>wa</strong><br />

Imaam na Mujtahid Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Majdud-Diyn ‘Abdus-<br />

S<strong>al</strong>aam Ibn ‘Abdillaah Ibn Abil-Qaasim <strong>al</strong>-Haraaniy.<br />

Mmoja miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> <strong>al</strong>ama za <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>kub<strong>wa</strong>, <strong>al</strong>iz<strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong><br />

Rabiy’ <strong>al</strong>-Aw<strong>wa</strong>k 661 AH, na kujifunza kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> Ibn Abil-<br />

Yasaar, Ibn ‘Abdil-Daaim, na baadhi ya wengine.<br />

Amechukua hamu ya kujifunza Hadiyth, na kusimulia na<br />

kuchagua (Ahaadiyth za maana); amekithirisha katika kusoma<br />

<strong><strong>wa</strong>sifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>simuliaji, mapungufu katika Ahaadiyth, Fiqh,<br />

sayansi ya Uislamu, ‘ilm <strong>al</strong>-k<strong>al</strong>aam na nyanja nyenginezo.<br />

94 Al-‘Uquud <strong>al</strong>-Durriyyah, uk. 311.<br />

71


Aliku<strong>wa</strong> ni mtu mwenye kasi ya kusoma, moja kati ya<br />

Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong>hodari <strong>wa</strong>chahe, mwenye ikhlasi na mtu pekee.<br />

Ameandika vitabu mia tatu, na <strong>al</strong>ijaribi<strong>wa</strong> na kuchunguz<strong>wa</strong><br />

mara chungu nzima. Amekufa mwishoni m<strong>wa</strong> mwezi <strong>wa</strong><br />

Dhu’l-Qa’dah m<strong>wa</strong>ka 628 AH. 95<br />

• Al-Haafidh <strong>al</strong>-Bazzaar amesema, aki<strong>wa</strong>andikia <strong>wa</strong>pinzani <strong>wa</strong><br />

Ibn Taymiyyah: “hamutapata kuona M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni akimpinga<br />

yeye (Ibn Taymiyyah), akimzuia yeye, aki<strong>wa</strong> na hamaki k<strong>wa</strong>ke,<br />

isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na uchu zaidi <strong>wa</strong> hayo katika<br />

kuyakusanya mazuri ya dunia, wenye hila na ujanja zaidi<br />

katika kuyapata hayo, mwenye shauku zaidi kuliko wote,<br />

mwenye hamu ya sifa… na mwenye kufanya mengi kuliko<br />

mwengine katika uongo kwenye ulimi <strong>wa</strong>ke.” 96<br />

• Al-Haafidh adh-Dhahabiy amesema:<br />

“Iliku<strong>wa</strong> inashangaza p<strong>al</strong>e <strong>al</strong>ipotaja juu ya su<strong>al</strong>a amb<strong>al</strong>o kuna<br />

tofauti ya ma<strong>wa</strong>zo, na p<strong>al</strong>e <strong>al</strong>ipotoa ushahidi na kuamua <strong>wa</strong>zo<br />

lililo na nguvu – na <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na uwezo <strong>wa</strong> kuitekeleza Ijtihaad<br />

k<strong>wa</strong> sababu ya yeye kutimiza masharti yake. Sijapata kuona<br />

mtu <strong>al</strong>iyeku<strong>wa</strong> na kasi kuliko yeye ya kurudia aya ambayo<br />

imegusa lile su<strong>al</strong>a an<strong>al</strong>olifikia maamuzi, <strong>wa</strong>la mtu <strong>al</strong>iyeku<strong>wa</strong><br />

na nguvu katika kurudia maandiko na kutaja vyanzo vyake.<br />

Sunnah iliku<strong>wa</strong> ipo mbele ya macho yake na katika ncha ya<br />

ulimi <strong>wa</strong>ke kuna misamiati safi na jicho lililo <strong>wa</strong>zi.<br />

Aliku<strong>wa</strong> ni <strong>al</strong>ama miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> <strong>al</strong>ama za Allaah katika tafsiyr<br />

na kuielezea. K<strong>wa</strong> mnasaba <strong>wa</strong> msingi <strong>wa</strong> Diyn na elimu ya<br />

hitilafu - ya ma<strong>wa</strong>zo (katika su<strong>al</strong>a fulani) basi yeye <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong><br />

hana mpinzani – hii ni pamoja na ukarimu, juhudi na kutotilia<br />

maanani matashi ya nafsi.<br />

Na labda kanuni zake za kisheria katika aina mb<strong>al</strong>imb<strong>al</strong>i za<br />

sayansi zilifikia vitabu (volumes) mia tatu (300), au zaidi na<br />

mara zote <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> akizungumzia ukweli k<strong>wa</strong> ajili ya Allaah,<br />

bila ya kuj<strong>al</strong>i m<strong>al</strong><strong>al</strong>amiko y<strong>al</strong>iyomfikia.<br />

95 T<strong>wa</strong>baqaat <strong>al</strong>-Huffaadh, uk. 516, 517.<br />

96 Al-A`laam <strong>al</strong>-‘Aliyyah, uk. 82<br />

72


Yeyote anayeshirikiana naye na kumtambua vyema [na]<br />

ananituhumu k<strong>wa</strong> uongo/kutoku<strong>wa</strong> na uaminifu k<strong>wa</strong><br />

mnasaba <strong>wa</strong>ke. Yeyoye anayempinga na kupingana naye<br />

ananituhumu k<strong>wa</strong> kupitilisha mambo, na nimeku<strong>wa</strong> mkosa<br />

k<strong>wa</strong> pande zote – <strong>wa</strong>fuasi <strong>wa</strong>ke na <strong>wa</strong>pinzani <strong>wa</strong>ke.<br />

Aliku<strong>wa</strong> na ngozi ya rangi nyeupe na nywele nyeusi na ndevu<br />

nyeusi pamoja na nywele za jivujivu. Nywele zake zilifikia<br />

ndewe za sikio. Macho yake y<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> fasaha [kama] ulimi, na<br />

<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na kifua kipana na chenye sauti safi pamoja na usomaji<br />

<strong>wa</strong> haraka. Aliku<strong>wa</strong> ni mwenye kuhamaki mara moja lakini<br />

mwenye kuibatilisha k<strong>wa</strong> subra na kujizuia.<br />

Sijaona mfano <strong>wa</strong>ke yeye k<strong>wa</strong> kumuomba (yeye Allaah) na<br />

kutaka msaada K<strong>wa</strong>ke Yeye, na ku<strong>wa</strong> na hisia sana k<strong>wa</strong><br />

wenziwe. Hata hivyo, siamini k<strong>wa</strong>mba yeye <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />

mkamilifu, isipoku<strong>wa</strong> ninapingana naye k<strong>wa</strong> yote; msimamo<br />

mk<strong>al</strong>i na masu<strong>al</strong>a madogo, k<strong>wa</strong>ni yeye – inga<strong>wa</strong> ana elimu<br />

pana, juhudi kub<strong>wa</strong>, na akili nyingi, na k<strong>wa</strong> mnasaba <strong>wa</strong><br />

kuisafisha Diyn – <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni mtu miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>tu.<br />

Anaweza kupitiki<strong>wa</strong> na umakini na hamaki ndani ya mjad<strong>al</strong>a,<br />

na ku<strong>wa</strong>vamia <strong>wa</strong>pinzani <strong>wa</strong>ke (kimaneno) hivyo kuotesha<br />

uadui ndani ya nyoyo zao dhidi yake.<br />

Kama tu angeliku<strong>wa</strong> mlaini k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>pinzani <strong>wa</strong>ke basi<br />

kungeliku<strong>wa</strong> na neno la makub<strong>al</strong>iano k<strong>wa</strong> ajili yake – k<strong>wa</strong>ni ni<br />

hakika Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong>kub<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>meikub<strong>al</strong>i elimu yake,<br />

<strong>wa</strong>mekub<strong>al</strong>i uwezo <strong>wa</strong>ke na ukosefu <strong>wa</strong> makosa, na kukiri<br />

k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni bahri isiyoku<strong>wa</strong> na mipaka na hazina<br />

isiyoku<strong>wa</strong> na mfano. Hata hivyo, <strong>wa</strong>mefikia nafasi ya kujisikia<br />

na homa dhidi yake… na kila maneno ya mtu yanaweza<br />

kuchukuli<strong>wa</strong> ama kuach<strong>wa</strong>.<br />

Aliku<strong>wa</strong> akisimamisha s<strong>wa</strong>lah na kufunga, kuzitukuza Shar’iah<br />

kinje na kindani. Aliku<strong>wa</strong> hatoi fat<strong>wa</strong> katika namna ya ufahamu<br />

mdogo k<strong>wa</strong>ni <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na ufahamu mzuri kabisa, <strong>wa</strong>la k<strong>wa</strong><br />

namna ya ukosefu <strong>wa</strong> elimu k<strong>wa</strong>ni <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni bahri inayoelea.<br />

W<strong>al</strong>a haku<strong>wa</strong> akiichezea Diyn lakini [akiitumia] kufikia katika<br />

ushahidi kutoka kwenye Qur-aan, Sunnah na Qiyaas (ufafanuzi)<br />

na kuthibitisha na kujadiliana k<strong>wa</strong> kufuata nyayo za Maimamu<br />

73


<strong>wa</strong>liomtangulia, hivyo <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na m<strong>al</strong>ipo i<strong>wa</strong>po amekosea na<br />

m<strong>al</strong>ipo mara mbili i<strong>wa</strong>po amepatia.<br />

Ali<strong>wa</strong>hi kuum<strong>wa</strong> ndani ya Qasri (amb<strong>al</strong>o amefungi<strong>wa</strong> humo)<br />

aki<strong>wa</strong> na maradhi mabaya mno hadi <strong>al</strong>ipokufa mnamo usiku<br />

<strong>wa</strong> Jumatatu ya 20 ya mwezi <strong>wa</strong> Dhul Qa’dah, na <strong>wa</strong>kams<strong>wa</strong>lia<br />

katika msikiti <strong>wa</strong> Damascus. Na baadaye wengi<br />

<strong>wa</strong>kamzungumzia kuhusiana na idadi iliyohudhuria mazishi<br />

yake, na idadi ya chini iliyotole<strong>wa</strong> ni <strong>al</strong>fu hamsini.” 97<br />

• Adh-Dhahabiy pia amesema:<br />

“Yeye ni zaidi <strong>wa</strong> ubora kuliko mfano <strong>wa</strong>ngu kuelezea sifa<br />

zake. I<strong>wa</strong>po nit<strong>al</strong>azimish<strong>wa</strong> kuapa (k<strong>wa</strong> Allaah) katika<br />

pembe (ya Ka’bah) na sehemu ya (ya Ibraahiym), nitaapa<br />

k<strong>wa</strong>mba sijapata kuona k<strong>wa</strong> macho yangu mawili mfano<br />

<strong>wa</strong>ke yeye na k<strong>wa</strong> Allaah, yeye mwenyewe hajaona mfano<br />

<strong>wa</strong>ke yeye katika elimu.” 98<br />

• Ibn Hajr <strong>al</strong>-Asq<strong>al</strong>aaniy amesema:<br />

“Shaykh <strong>wa</strong> Ma<strong>shaykh</strong> wetu, <strong>al</strong>-Haafidh Abu <strong>al</strong>-Yu’mariy<br />

(Ibn Sayyid an-Naas) amesema ndani ya <strong><strong>wa</strong>sifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> Ibn<br />

Taymiyyah: ‘<strong>al</strong>-Mizzi amenisisitiza kuelezea ma<strong>wa</strong>zo yangu<br />

kuhusiana na Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Taqiyud-Diyn. Nimemuona<br />

ku<strong>wa</strong> anatokana na <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>lioipata elimu kub<strong>wa</strong><br />

ndani ya sayansi kama <strong>al</strong>ivyoipata. Aliku<strong>wa</strong> akikamilisha<br />

kuihifadhi na kuifanyia kazi Sunan na Aathaar (simulizi).<br />

I<strong>wa</strong>po atazungumzia kuhusiana na tafsiyr basi ataibeba<br />

bendera yake, na i<strong>wa</strong>po atazungumzia fat<strong>wa</strong> ndani ya Fiqh<br />

basi yeye <strong>al</strong>iele<strong>wa</strong> mipaka yake. I<strong>wa</strong>po atazungumzia<br />

kuhusiana na Hadiyth basi <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni s<strong>wa</strong>haba <strong>wa</strong> hiyo<br />

elimu na utambuzi <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>simulizi <strong>wa</strong>ke. I<strong>wa</strong>po atatoa<br />

mhadhara <strong>wa</strong> Diyn na Madhehebu basi hakuna mwengine<br />

anayeonekana ku<strong>wa</strong> na ufahamu au uang<strong>al</strong>ifu kuliko<br />

<strong>al</strong>ivyoku<strong>wa</strong> yeye, ame<strong>wa</strong>pita <strong>wa</strong>liopita kabla yake katika<br />

kila sayansi, na wewe hutaona mtu yeyote mfano <strong>wa</strong>ke yeye,<br />

97 Ad-Durar <strong>al</strong>-Kaaminah’ cha Ibn Hajr <strong>al</strong>-Asq<strong>al</strong>aaniy chini ya <strong><strong>wa</strong>sifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong> of Ibn<br />

Taymiyyah<br />

98 Ar-Radd <strong>al</strong>-Waafir, uk 59 (katika matoleo mengine ipo ukurasa <strong>wa</strong> 35).<br />

74


na macho yake mwenye hayajapata kuona mtu mfano <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />

yeye mwenyewe.<br />

Aliku<strong>wa</strong> akizungumzia kuhusiana na tafsiyr na idadi kub<strong>wa</strong><br />

ya <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong>kihudhuria mikusanyiko yake, na idadi<br />

inayokub<strong>al</strong>ika hurudi (<strong>wa</strong>ki<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>mele<strong>wa</strong>) k<strong>wa</strong> utamu<br />

<strong>wa</strong>ke, bahri iliyojaa hazina. Iliendelea namna hii hadi<br />

ugonj<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong> uadui ukaingia (ndani ya nyoyo) za <strong>wa</strong>tu <strong>wa</strong><br />

mji <strong>wa</strong>ke. Watu <strong>wa</strong> kutafuta makosa <strong>wa</strong>kajikusanya pamoja<br />

na kutoa mambo ambayo hatokub<strong>al</strong>iana nayo k<strong>wa</strong> imani<br />

yake, na <strong>wa</strong>kayahifadhi baadhi ya matamko yake k<strong>wa</strong><br />

mnasaba <strong>wa</strong> hili. Wakamdumaza k<strong>wa</strong> sababu ya hili na<br />

kumuwekea mitego ambayo <strong>wa</strong>ngeliweza kumtangazia<br />

ku<strong>wa</strong> yeye ni mzushi. W<strong>al</strong>ifikiria k<strong>wa</strong>mba ameacha njia yao,<br />

na kujitoa kwenye dhehebu lao. Hivyo <strong>wa</strong>kajadiliana naye,<br />

na yeye k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>o, na baadhi yao <strong>wa</strong>kakata mahusiano naye,<br />

na yeye [akakata mahusiano] pamoja nao.<br />

Kisha akajadiliana na kundi jengine ambao liliku<strong>wa</strong> likisifika<br />

kama ni Fuqaraa (kundi la Kisufi) ambao <strong>wa</strong>lidhani k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />

<strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> na kila chembe ya maelezo ya ukweli <strong>wa</strong> ndani na<br />

juu ya ukweli <strong>wa</strong>ke. Na aka<strong>wa</strong>wekea <strong>wa</strong>zi Kanuni hizi…<br />

Basi hili lika<strong>wa</strong>fikia kundi la m<strong>wa</strong>nzo na <strong>wa</strong>katafuta msaada<br />

kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>liokata mahusiana naye na kumuwekea<br />

uovu dhdi yake. Hivyo <strong>wa</strong>k<strong>al</strong>ichukua su<strong>al</strong>a hili k<strong>wa</strong><br />

<strong>wa</strong>ta<strong>wa</strong>la, kila mmoja <strong>wa</strong>o aki<strong>wa</strong> na maamuzi k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />

<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> si Muumini. Na kisha <strong>wa</strong>katayarisha kikao na<br />

ku<strong>wa</strong>hamasisha <strong>wa</strong>jinga kueneza neno hilo miongoni m<strong>wa</strong><br />

Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong>kub<strong>wa</strong>. Na <strong>wa</strong>kachukua hatua za kupeleka<br />

su<strong>al</strong>a hilo k<strong>wa</strong> mf<strong>al</strong>me <strong>wa</strong> Misri na hatimaye yeye (Ibn<br />

Taymiyyah) akakamat<strong>wa</strong> na kuwek<strong>wa</strong> jela. Na mikusanyiko<br />

ikaanzish<strong>wa</strong> kujadili um<strong>wa</strong>gaji <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> damu, <strong>wa</strong>ki<strong>wa</strong>ita<br />

k<strong>wa</strong> mnasaba <strong>wa</strong> hili <strong>wa</strong>tu kutoka kwenye misikiti midogo<br />

na <strong>wa</strong>nafunzi – <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>tu ambao hujadiliana k<strong>wa</strong> lengo la<br />

ku<strong>wa</strong>fanya wengine ku<strong>wa</strong> na furaha, na <strong>wa</strong>po <strong>wa</strong>le wengine<br />

wenye kujadiliana kuonesha uwerevu <strong>wa</strong>o, na <strong>wa</strong>po<br />

wengine <strong>wa</strong>liotangaza takfiyr na kutangaza kutojumuika<br />

[naye]. Na Mola Wako Anajua nini kipo ndani ya vifua vyao<br />

na y<strong>al</strong>e <strong>wa</strong>liyoyazusha. Na yule ambaye ametangazia kufr<br />

75


<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> sio bora kuliko yule anayejadiliana ku<strong>wa</strong>furahisha<br />

wengine.<br />

Na mwiba <strong>wa</strong> hila zao ukampata, na Allaah akastawisha kila<br />

hila, na kumuokoa katika mikono ya <strong>wa</strong>le Alio<strong>wa</strong>chagua…<br />

Basi akaendelea kuhama kutoka mtihani mmoja kwenye<br />

mtihani mwengine na katika maisha yake yote<br />

hakuondokana na tatizo moja isipoku<strong>wa</strong> kwenda kwenye<br />

tatizo jengine. Kisha ikafuatia lile lililofuatia katika su<strong>al</strong>a la<br />

kukamat<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>ke na akabakia kifungoni hadi kifo chake,<br />

na k<strong>wa</strong> Allaah ni marejeo ya masu<strong>al</strong>a yote. Katika siku ya<br />

maziko yake mitaa ilifurika <strong>wa</strong>tu, na Waislamu <strong>wa</strong>kaja<br />

kutoka kila njia ya barabara…” 99<br />

• Ibn Hajr <strong>al</strong>-Asq<strong>al</strong>aaniy pia amesema:<br />

“Nimesoma katika maandishi ya <strong>al</strong>-Haafidh S<strong>al</strong>aad ad-Diyn<br />

<strong>al</strong>-B<strong>al</strong>aa’iy k<strong>wa</strong> kukub<strong>al</strong>iana na Shaykh <strong>wa</strong> Ma<strong>shaykh</strong> wetu<br />

<strong>al</strong>-Haafidh Bahaa ad-Diyn ‘Abdullaah bin Muhammad bin<br />

Kh<strong>al</strong>iyl: ‘Shaykh wetu na mta<strong>al</strong>amu na Imaam katika<br />

masu<strong>al</strong>a ambayo ni baina ya Allaah na sisi, Shaykh <strong>wa</strong><br />

utafiti (tahqiyq), mkanushaji [<strong>wa</strong> uzushi], pamoja na <strong>wa</strong>le<br />

<strong>wa</strong>naomfuata yeye, katika njia bora. Mwenye sifa bora na<br />

thibati bora ambazo mataifa yote y<strong>al</strong>iyoridhia ni zaidi ya<br />

kuweza kuhesabika. Tunamuomba Allaah Atunufaishe sisi<br />

kutokana na yeye ndani ya maisha haya na Akhera. Huyo<br />

ndiye Shaykh, Imaam, A<strong>al</strong>im anayeele<strong>wa</strong> mambo, mwenye<br />

kujitolea sana, bahri (ya elimu), kiungo cha m<strong>wa</strong>ngaza,<br />

Imaam <strong>wa</strong> Maimamu, Baraka k<strong>wa</strong> taifa la Waislamu, <strong>al</strong>ama<br />

k<strong>wa</strong> Wanachuoni, mrithi <strong>wa</strong> Mitume, Mujtahid <strong>wa</strong> mwisho,<br />

ana sifa pekee miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong> Diyn –<br />

Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam, ushahidi <strong>wa</strong> Wanachuoni, mfano <strong>wa</strong><br />

viumbe, ushahidi <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>somi, mfutaji <strong>wa</strong> Wanachuoni,<br />

panga la <strong>wa</strong>zozaji, bahri ya elimu, hazina yenye manufaa,<br />

mfasiri <strong>wa</strong> Qur-aan, maajabu k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati wetu, mwenye sifa<br />

pekee katika enzi hizi na nyenginezo. Hakika Taqiyud-Diyn<br />

(Ibn Taymiyyah) ni Imaam <strong>wa</strong> Waislamu, ushahidi <strong>wa</strong><br />

99 Ad-Durar <strong>al</strong>-Kaaminah’ cha Ibn Hajr <strong>al</strong>-Asq<strong>al</strong>aaniy chini ya <strong><strong>wa</strong>sifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong> Ibn<br />

Taymiyyah<br />

76


Allaah dhidi ya uumb<strong>wa</strong>ji, muunganishi <strong>wa</strong> mema, ni mtu<br />

ambaye ni mfano <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>liomtangulia, mufti <strong>wa</strong> dhehebu,<br />

msaidizi <strong>wa</strong> ukweli, <strong>al</strong>ama ya uongofu, nguzo ya Huffaadh,<br />

B<strong>wa</strong>na <strong>wa</strong> maana ya maneno, pembe ya Shari’ah,<br />

muanzilishi <strong>wa</strong> sayansi mpya Abu <strong>al</strong>-Abbaas Ibn<br />

Taymiyyah.” 100<br />

Ibn Hajr pia amesema, “... Ile misimamo yake ambayo<br />

imekat<strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong> kutokana naye haikusem<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> sababu ya<br />

matak<strong>wa</strong> yake na utashi <strong>wa</strong>ke tu na <strong>wa</strong>la haku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />

mwenye kuendelea nayo na kunga’nga’nia nayo baada ya<br />

kupati<strong>wa</strong> ushahidi unaoonesha dhidi yake. Zifuatazo ni kazi<br />

zake ziki<strong>wa</strong> zimejaa na pingamizi kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le<br />

<strong>wa</strong>naosimamia tajsiyim inga<strong>wa</strong> yeye ni mtu mwenye<br />

kufanya makosa na pia ni mwenye kupata. Hivyo, k<strong>wa</strong> y<strong>al</strong>e<br />

ambayo amepatia – na hayo ndio mengi – yafanyiwe<br />

manufaa na Rehma za Allaah ziombwe k<strong>wa</strong> ajili yake k<strong>wa</strong><br />

sababu ya hilo, na k<strong>wa</strong> y<strong>al</strong>e ambayo haku<strong>wa</strong> sahihi<br />

yafuatwe k<strong>wa</strong> upofu. K<strong>wa</strong> hakika, amesamehe<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong><br />

makosa yake k<strong>wa</strong> sababu yeye ni moja <strong>wa</strong> Maimamu <strong>wa</strong><br />

<strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong>ke na imeshuhudi<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba amekamilisha<br />

masharti ya Ijtihaad...<br />

Miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> sifa za kustaajabisha za mtu huyu ni<br />

k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> mtu mwenye nguvu kabisa<br />

dhidi ya Watu <strong>wa</strong> Uzushi, Ra<strong>wa</strong>afidhah, na Hululiyyah, na<br />

Ittihaadiyyah, na kazi zake katika hili ni nyingi na ni maarufu,<br />

na fataa<strong>wa</strong>a zake katika hayo hazina hesabu, je namna gani<br />

y<strong>al</strong>e macho ya <strong>wa</strong>zushi y<strong>al</strong>ivyoku<strong>wa</strong> na furaha p<strong>al</strong>e<br />

y<strong>al</strong>iposikia <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>lipomtangazia ku<strong>wa</strong> yeye ni kafiri! Na ni<br />

k<strong>wa</strong> shangwe gani <strong>wa</strong>meku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>lipoona <strong>wa</strong>le<br />

100 Ad-Durar <strong>al</strong>-Kaaminah’ cha Ibn Hajr <strong>al</strong>-Asq<strong>al</strong>aaniy chini ya <strong><strong>wa</strong>sifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong> Ibn<br />

Taymiyyah. K<strong>wa</strong> kitabu hichi kuchukuli<strong>wa</strong> kama kilivyo, ni vigumu<br />

kufahamu maoni ya Ibn Hajr kuhusiana na Ibn Taymiyyah. K<strong>wa</strong>ni kikub<strong>wa</strong><br />

<strong>al</strong>ichokifanya ni kukusanya vitu vyote anavyoweza kupata kuhusiana na<br />

Shaykh na kisha kuanza kupambanua k<strong>wa</strong> Wanachuoni wote <strong>wa</strong>lioandika<br />

dhidi yake, na kum<strong>al</strong>izia na Wanachuoni wote <strong>wa</strong>liomkub<strong>al</strong>i. Inaonesha<br />

k<strong>wa</strong>mba msimamo <strong>wa</strong> Ibn Hajr unaendana na <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>al</strong>iom<strong>al</strong>iza nao katika<br />

<strong><strong>wa</strong>sifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong>ke, k<strong>wa</strong> sababu ya <strong>wa</strong>o ku<strong>wa</strong> ni Ma<strong>shaykh</strong> <strong>wa</strong>ke. Hoja hii<br />

inakub<strong>al</strong>i<strong>wa</strong> na nukuu inayofuatia kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> Ibn Hajr. Na Allaah Ndiye<br />

Ajuaye zaidi.<br />

77


<strong>wa</strong>siomtambua yeye ku<strong>wa</strong> ni kafiri <strong>wa</strong>o wenyewe<br />

<strong>wa</strong>kabandik<strong>wa</strong> jina la ukafiri! Ni <strong>wa</strong>jibu k<strong>wa</strong> yule ambaye<br />

amejiv<strong>al</strong>isha joho la elimu na ku<strong>wa</strong> na ufahamu k<strong>wa</strong>mba,<br />

ayakadirie maneno ya mtu y<strong>al</strong>iyoegemez<strong>wa</strong> na vitabu vyake<br />

maarufu au kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> ndimi za <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>liomuamini<br />

kufikisha maneno yake k<strong>wa</strong> usahihi – kisha kujitenga nayo<br />

yote haya k<strong>wa</strong> y<strong>al</strong>e y<strong>al</strong>iyokan<strong>wa</strong> na ku<strong>wa</strong>tahadharisha <strong>wa</strong>o<br />

k<strong>wa</strong> lengo la kutoa ushauri <strong>wa</strong> ukweli na kumsifia kutokana<br />

na sifa zake bora na k<strong>wa</strong> y<strong>al</strong>e <strong>al</strong>iyoku<strong>wa</strong> sahihi kama ilivyo<br />

njia ya Wanachuoni.<br />

I<strong>wa</strong>po hakuna sifa zozote za Shaykh Taqiyud-Diyn<br />

isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> m<strong>wa</strong>nafunzi <strong>wa</strong>ke maarufu Shaykh Shams<br />

ad-Diyn Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Qayyim <strong>al</strong>-Jawziyyah, m<strong>wa</strong>ndishi <strong>wa</strong> kazi<br />

nyingi, ambazo kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> pande zote za <strong>wa</strong>pinzani <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />

na <strong>wa</strong>fuasi <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong>menufaika nazo, basi inatosha hili<br />

kuonesha nafasi yake (Ibn Taymiyyah) kub<strong>wa</strong> kabisa. Na<br />

k<strong>wa</strong> nini iwe vyenginevyo k<strong>wa</strong> ku<strong>wa</strong> Maimamu <strong>wa</strong><br />

Kishaafi’y na wengineo, bila ya ku<strong>wa</strong>zungumzima<br />

Mahanb<strong>al</strong>iy, k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong>ke kuthibitisha kutokana na<br />

umashuhuri katika sayansi (za Kiislamu)...” 101<br />

• Ibn Kathiyr amesema:<br />

“Jambo dogo amb<strong>al</strong>o anaweza kulifanya p<strong>al</strong>e anaposikia<br />

kitu ni kukihifadhi na kisha ku<strong>wa</strong> na mshughuliko <strong>wa</strong><br />

kukisoma. Aliku<strong>wa</strong> na ufahamu na <strong>al</strong>ijifunga kuhifadhi sana<br />

na hivyo, aka<strong>wa</strong> ni Imaamu katika tafsiyr na<br />

kilichofungamana nayo. Aliku<strong>wa</strong> na elimu (kub<strong>wa</strong>) katika<br />

Fiqh; ilisem<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na elimu zaidi ya Fiqh<br />

katika madh-hab kuliko <strong>wa</strong>fuasi <strong>wa</strong>ke <strong>wa</strong> y<strong>al</strong>e madh-hab<br />

<strong>wa</strong>nayoyafuata katika <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong>ke na <strong>wa</strong>kati mwengine.<br />

Aliku<strong>wa</strong> na fahamu tosha ya ma<strong>wa</strong>zo tofauti ya<br />

Wanachuoni. Aliku<strong>wa</strong> ni M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni <strong>wa</strong> Usuul, matawi<br />

ya Diyn, sarufi, lugha na sayansi nyengine za maandiko na<br />

ufahamu. Hakupatapo kuchukuli<strong>wa</strong> katika kikao na hakuna<br />

M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni maarufu kuzungumza naye katika sayansi<br />

fulani isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong>mba kuona k<strong>wa</strong>mba sayansi hii<br />

101 Kutoka ridhaa ya Ibn Hajr katika ‘Radd <strong>al</strong>-Waafir’ iliyopo mwisho <strong>wa</strong><br />

kitabu.<br />

78


iliku<strong>wa</strong> ni elimu ma<strong>al</strong>umu (speci<strong>al</strong>ty) ya Ibn Taymiyyah na<br />

humuona yeye kama ni mwenye maarifa ya kutosha katika<br />

hilo na kuipambisha... Ama k<strong>wa</strong> Hadiyth basi <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />

mbebaji <strong>wa</strong> bendera yake, muhifadhi <strong>wa</strong> Hadiyth, na<br />

mwenye uwezo <strong>wa</strong> kupambanua jepesi kutokana na zito,<br />

aki<strong>wa</strong> na maelezo kamili ya <strong>wa</strong>pokezi na ku<strong>wa</strong> ni mta<strong>al</strong>amu<br />

katika hili...” 102<br />

Pia amesema, “Aliku<strong>wa</strong>, Rehema za Allaah ziwe juu yake,<br />

kutoka katika Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong>kub<strong>wa</strong> kabisa, pia kutoka k<strong>wa</strong><br />

<strong>wa</strong>le wenye kufanya makosa na kupatia. Hata hivyo,<br />

makosa yake k<strong>wa</strong> mnasaba <strong>wa</strong> zile hukumu zilizo sahihi<br />

iliku<strong>wa</strong> ni kama vile tonye katika bahari kub<strong>wa</strong> na hayo<br />

(makosa) yanasamehe<strong>wa</strong> kama ilivyosimuli<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> usahihi<br />

na <strong>al</strong>-Bukhaariy, ‘p<strong>al</strong>e mta<strong>wa</strong>la anapotoa hukumu, na yupo<br />

sahihi basi anapati<strong>wa</strong> m<strong>al</strong>ipo mara mbili, na i<strong>wa</strong>po atakosea<br />

basi an<strong>al</strong>ip<strong>wa</strong> moja.’”<br />

Pia ameelezea k<strong>wa</strong>mba p<strong>al</strong>e Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />

<strong>wa</strong>napokusanyika k<strong>wa</strong> kikao pamoja na Ibn Taymiyyah k<strong>wa</strong> ajili<br />

ya kujadili kazi yake ‘Aqiydah <strong>al</strong>-Hamawiyyah’ k<strong>wa</strong>mba majibu<br />

yake k<strong>wa</strong> madai yao hayawezi kukanush<strong>wa</strong>. 103<br />

Vivyo hivyo ametaja k<strong>wa</strong>mba p<strong>al</strong>e Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong>napokaa<br />

kujadiliana naye k<strong>wa</strong> mnasaba <strong>wa</strong> Aqiydah <strong>al</strong>-Waasitiyyah yake,<br />

mjad<strong>al</strong>a hum<strong>al</strong>izikia k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>o kukub<strong>al</strong>iana na yote y<strong>al</strong>iyokuwemo<br />

ndani ya kitabu hicho kama ilivyo ndani ya kitabu cha (volume) 14<br />

cha ‘<strong>al</strong>-Bidaayah’ chini ya mada ya ‘Aqd <strong>al</strong>-Maja<strong>al</strong>is ath-Th<strong>al</strong>aathah.’<br />

• Al-Haafidh <strong>al</strong>-Mizzi amesema:<br />

“Sijaona mfano <strong>wa</strong>ke yeye, na jicho lake mwenyewe<br />

h<strong>al</strong>ijapata kuona mfano <strong>wa</strong>ke yeye. Na sijapata kuona mtu<br />

mwenye ufahamu zaidi yake yeye katika Kitabu na Sunnah<br />

102 Al-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong>n Nihaayah, Ibn Kathiyr (14/118-119)<br />

103 Al-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong>n Nihaayah, Ibn Kathiyr (14/5)<br />

79


ya Mjumbe Wake, au yule mwenye kuzifuata hizo k<strong>wa</strong><br />

ukaribu zaidi.” 104<br />

• Al-Haafidh Ibn Daqiyq <strong>al</strong>-‘Iyd amesema:<br />

“P<strong>al</strong>e nilipokutana na Ibn Taymiyyah, niliona mtu aki<strong>wa</strong> na<br />

sayansi zote mbele ya macho yake, <strong>al</strong>ichukua kutokana na<br />

sayansi hizo chochote anachopenda na kuacha chochote<br />

akipendacho.” 105 Baada ya hili akasema, “Naapa k<strong>wa</strong> Allaah<br />

sijafikiria kama yupo <strong>al</strong>iyebakia mfano <strong>wa</strong>ko wewe.” 106<br />

• Qaadhiy <strong>wa</strong> Qaadiys Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Huriyriy amesema:<br />

“I<strong>wa</strong>po Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> sio Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam basi<br />

yeye ni nani?” 107<br />

• Al-Haafidh <strong>al</strong>-Bazzaar amesema:<br />

“Sikupatapo kumuona akitaja anasa na vivutio vya dunia<br />

hii, hakujichimbia katika mijad<strong>al</strong>a ya kidunia na <strong>wa</strong>la<br />

hakupatapo kuulizia aina yoyote ya makaazi yake.<br />

Isipoku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>al</strong>iipeleka akili na mijad<strong>al</strong>a yake katika kuitafuta<br />

Akhera na lile amb<strong>al</strong>o litamuweka karibu na Allaah.” 108<br />

• Al-Shaykh Mullaa ‘Aliy <strong>al</strong>-Qaariy amesema:<br />

104 Hayaat Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah, Shaykh Bahjah <strong>al</strong>-Baytaar, uk. 21, na<br />

ar-Radd <strong>al</strong>-Waafir, uk. 59.<br />

105 Min Mashaahiyr <strong>al</strong>-Mujaddidayn, Shaykh S<strong>wa</strong><strong>al</strong>ih <strong>al</strong>-Fawzaan, uk. 26.<br />

106 Al-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong>n Nihaayah, Ibn Kathiyr (14/27), na Dhail `<strong>al</strong>aa Tabaqaat <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Hanabilah, Ibn Rajab (2/392).<br />

107 Hayaat Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam, (uk. 26)<br />

108 Al-A`laam <strong>al</strong>-Aliyyah fiy Manaaqib Ibn Taymiyyah, <strong>al</strong>-Bazzaar, (uk. 52).<br />

80


“Itaonekana <strong>wa</strong>zi k<strong>wa</strong> yule anayesoma ‘Madaarij as-<br />

Sa<strong>al</strong>ikiyn’ (cha Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Qayyim) k<strong>wa</strong>mba ha<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>wili (Ibn<br />

Taymiyyah na Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Qayyimj) ni <strong>wa</strong>kub<strong>wa</strong> katika Ahlus<br />

Sunnah <strong>wa</strong>l Jamaa`ah, na ni Awliyaa <strong>wa</strong> taifa hili.” 109<br />

• Muhammad bin ‘Abdil-Barr as-Subkiy amesema:<br />

“Naapa k<strong>wa</strong> Allaah, hakuna mtu anayemchukia Ibn<br />

Taymiyyah isipoku<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> mtu mjinga au mwenye kubeba<br />

matamanio ambayo yamemgeuza kutoka katika ukweli<br />

baada ya kuutambua [ukweli].” 110<br />

• Abu Hayyan <strong>al</strong>-And<strong>al</strong>usiy amesema:<br />

“Naapa k<strong>wa</strong> Allaah, macho yangu mawili hayajapata kuona<br />

mfano <strong>wa</strong> Ibn Taymiyyah.” 111<br />

• Al-Haafidh ‘Abdur-Rahmaan Ibn Rajab <strong>al</strong>-Hanb<strong>al</strong>iy<br />

amesema:<br />

“Yeye ni Imaam, M<strong>wa</strong>nasheria, Mujtahid, M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni <strong>wa</strong><br />

Hadiyth, Haafidh, Mfafanuzi <strong>wa</strong> Qur-aan, Mpwekeshaji,<br />

Taqiyud-Diyn Abu <strong>al</strong>-‘Abbaas Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam, mwenye<br />

ufahamu bora katika wenye ufahamu bora, haiwezekani<br />

kukithirisha umaarufu <strong>wa</strong>ke p<strong>al</strong>e anapotaj<strong>wa</strong>... yeye, Rehma<br />

za Allaah ziwe juu yake, <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na sifa pekee katika <strong>wa</strong>kati<br />

<strong>wa</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong> mnasaba <strong>wa</strong> ufahamu <strong>wa</strong> Qur-aan na elimu ya<br />

ukweli <strong>wa</strong> imani.” 112<br />

109 Mirqaat <strong>al</strong>-Mafaatiyh, (8/251-252) ufafanuzi <strong>wa</strong>ke k<strong>wa</strong> Mishkaat <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Masaabiyh, kama ilivyonukuli<strong>wa</strong> ndani ya Shubuhaat Ahl <strong>al</strong>-Fitnah, (uk. 442)<br />

cha ‘Abdur-Rahmaan Dimishqiyyah.<br />

110 Ar-Radd <strong>al</strong>-Waafir (uk. 95) cha Ibn Naasir ad-Diyn<br />

111 Ar-Radd <strong>al</strong>-Waafir, uk. 63.<br />

112 Adh-Dhail `<strong>al</strong>aa T<strong>wa</strong>baqaat <strong>al</strong>-Hanaabilah, Ibn Rajab (2/387-392).<br />

81


• Imaam <strong>wa</strong> Hanafi, Badr ad-Diyn (Mahmuud bin Ahmad) <strong>al</strong>-<br />

‘Ainiy amesema:<br />

“Yeyote anayesema k<strong>wa</strong>mba Ibn Taymiyyah ni kafiri basi<br />

ukweli ni k<strong>wa</strong>mba yeye mwenyewe ni kafiri, na yule<br />

anayemtuhumu k<strong>wa</strong> upotovu basi yeye mwenyewe ni<br />

mpotovu. Itawezekanaje ku<strong>wa</strong> hili [ni ukweli] <strong>wa</strong>kati kazi<br />

zake zinapatikana k<strong>wa</strong> mapana na hakuna <strong>al</strong>ama ya<br />

kuonesha upotovu <strong>wa</strong>la fitina zilizokuwemo ndani ya kazi<br />

hizo.” 113<br />

• Pia amesema:<br />

"Yeye ni Imaam, muongofu, mta<strong>al</strong>amu, mcha Mungu, msafi,<br />

mwenye kujitolea, mta<strong>al</strong>amu katika sayansi ya Hadiyth na<br />

tafsiyr, Fiqh na misingi miwili (yaani Kitabu na Sunnah)<br />

pamoja na uk<strong>al</strong>i <strong>wa</strong> akili na umakini. Yeye ni upanga ulio<br />

mk<strong>al</strong>i dhidi ya <strong>wa</strong>zushi, mta<strong>wa</strong>la, <strong>al</strong>iyeanzisha mambo ya<br />

Diyn na kamanda mkuu <strong>wa</strong> mema na mkatazaji <strong>wa</strong> maovu.<br />

Aliku<strong>wa</strong> na (ustaarabu <strong>wa</strong>) hisia, ushupavu na kuendeleza<br />

lile amb<strong>al</strong>o linatisha na kukatisha tama. Aliku<strong>wa</strong> ni mwenye<br />

kukumbuka sana, kufunga, kus<strong>wa</strong>li na kuabudu.” 114<br />

• Shaykh Kama<strong>al</strong> ad-Diyn Ibn az-Zamlakaaniy, ambaye<br />

<strong>al</strong>ihojiana naye Ibn Taymiyyah, katika kikao zaidi ya kimoja,<br />

amesema:<br />

“Popote anapouliz<strong>wa</strong> kuhusiana na nyanja fulani ya elimu,<br />

yule anayeshuhudia na kusikia (jibu hilo) huhitimisha<br />

k<strong>wa</strong>mba haku<strong>wa</strong> na elimu nyengine yoyote katika nyanja<br />

nyengine na k<strong>wa</strong>mba hakuna mwengine mwenye ku<strong>wa</strong> na<br />

elimu kama hiyo. Wanachuoni <strong>wa</strong> makundi yote, popote<br />

<strong>wa</strong>napokaa pamoja naye, hunufaika naye k<strong>wa</strong> mnasaba <strong>wa</strong><br />

fikra za madhehebu yao katika maeneo ambayo hapo kabla<br />

113 Ar-Radd <strong>al</strong>-Waafir, (uk. 245).<br />

114 Ar-Radd <strong>al</strong>-Waafir, uk. 159.<br />

82


ha<strong>wa</strong>ku<strong>wa</strong> ni wenye kuyafahamu. Haifahamiki k<strong>wa</strong>mba<br />

<strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni mwenye kujadiliana na yeyote ambapo mjad<strong>al</strong>a<br />

hufikia kusimama au k<strong>wa</strong>mba chochote anachozungumzia<br />

katika eneo fulani ya elimu – i<strong>wa</strong>po inahusiana na sayansi ya<br />

Shar’iah au nyengineyo – basi k<strong>wa</strong> hapo ha<strong>wa</strong>tonga’ra k<strong>wa</strong><br />

<strong>wa</strong>ta<strong>al</strong>amu <strong>wa</strong> eneo hilo na <strong>wa</strong>le <strong>wa</strong>naougama nayo.” 115<br />

Pia amesema: “Masharti ya Ijtihaad y<strong>al</strong>ijumuika ndani yake<br />

katika namna ambayo ilitaki<strong>wa</strong>, <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> na uwezo mkub<strong>wa</strong><br />

<strong>wa</strong> kuandika vizuri kabisa na kufanya vyema kabisa katika<br />

kutamka, kupanga, kuga<strong>wa</strong>nya na kuelezea.” 116<br />

• As-Suyuutiy ananukuu kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> az-Zamlakaaniy ambaye<br />

amesema:<br />

“Mta<strong>al</strong>amu wetu, Shaykh wetu, Imaam, M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni,<br />

Mpekee (<strong>al</strong>-Awhad), Haafidh, Mujtahid, Mwenye Ikhlaasi,<br />

Mwenye kuabudu (‘Aabid), Mfano, Imaam <strong>wa</strong> Maimamu,<br />

mfano <strong>wa</strong> Taifa, <strong>al</strong>ama ya Wanachuoni, mrithi <strong>wa</strong> Mitume,<br />

Mujtahid <strong>wa</strong> Mwisho, M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni pekee (Awhad) <strong>wa</strong><br />

Diyn, Barka k<strong>wa</strong> Uislamu, Ushahidi <strong>wa</strong> Wanachuoni<br />

(A’laam), ushahidi <strong>wa</strong> Mutak<strong>al</strong>limiy, muharibifu <strong>wa</strong><br />

<strong>wa</strong>zushi, mwenye kuikamata na kuinga’risha sayansi ya<br />

maajabu kabisa, mwenye Kuihuisha Sunnah. Ni yule ambaye<br />

Allaah Amemfadhilisha juu yetu, na kujenga ushahidi dhidi<br />

ya maadui Zake... Taqiyud-Diyn Ibn Taymiyyah...”<br />

• Kisha as-Suyuutiy anafuatizishia hili k<strong>wa</strong> kusema:<br />

“Nimenukuu <strong><strong>wa</strong>sifu</strong> huu kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> maandiko ya<br />

Allaamah, mtu <strong>al</strong>iyeku<strong>wa</strong> na sifa za kipekee katika enzi<br />

zake, Shaykh Kama<strong>al</strong> ad-Diyn az-Zamlakaaniy, Rehma za<br />

Allaah ziwe juu yake, ambaye <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni mwenye kusema,<br />

115 Ar-Radd <strong>al</strong>-Waafir, uk. 58.<br />

116 Ar-Radd <strong>al</strong>-Waafir, uk. 58.<br />

83


‘yule ambaye amehifadhi zaidi kuliko yeye hakupata<br />

kuonekana katika miaka mia tano iliyopita.’” 117<br />

• As-Suyuutiy amesema katika h<strong>al</strong>i ya kuujadili <strong><strong>wa</strong>sifu</strong> <strong>wa</strong>ke:<br />

“Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam, Haafidh, Faqiyh, Mujtahid, Mufassir <strong>wa</strong><br />

kipekee, adimu k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong>ke, M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni <strong>wa</strong><br />

Ikhlaasi” 118<br />

Tuna uwezo <strong>wa</strong> kutaja Wanachuoni zaidi ambao <strong>wa</strong>limsifu, lakini<br />

insha Allaah k<strong>wa</strong> y<strong>al</strong>e tuliyoweza kunukuu hapo juu yanatosha<br />

kuipaka rangi picha ya Imaamu huyu k<strong>wa</strong> uadilifu na ukweli.<br />

Ama k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>le Wanachuoni ambao <strong>wa</strong>metumia jina la ‘Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Islaam’ k<strong>wa</strong>ke yeye, basi <strong>wa</strong>po wengi na inahitaji vitabu vyengine<br />

ku<strong>wa</strong>orodhesha. 119<br />

117 Al-Ashbaah <strong>wa</strong> an-Nadhaa’ir an-Nahwiyyah, (3/681), ang<strong>al</strong>ia pia ‘Dhail <strong>al</strong>aa<br />

Tabaqaat <strong>al</strong>-Hanaabila’ (2/392-393)<br />

118 Tabaqaat <strong>al</strong>-Huffaadh, (uk. 516 nam. 1144), na <strong>al</strong>-Asbaah <strong>wa</strong> <strong>al</strong>-Nadhaa’ir,<br />

as-Suyuutiy (3/683).<br />

119 Kama ilivyofany<strong>wa</strong> na baadhi ya Wanachuoni, miongoni m<strong>wa</strong>o ni Ibn<br />

Naasir ad-Diyn ndani ya kitabu kilichotaj<strong>wa</strong> cha ar-Radd <strong>al</strong>-Waafir.<br />

84


HITIMISHO<br />

Miongoni m<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>chache, ambao dunia imez<strong>al</strong>isha kama ni mtu<br />

mwenye ubongo wenye kufahamu sana, hadhi na sifa, Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni mmoja <strong>wa</strong>o. Sifa zake bora na<br />

hadhi yake pekee kama ni M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni <strong>wa</strong> Kiislamu ni zaidi ya<br />

utangulizi wowote. Wanachuoni wengi <strong>wa</strong>kub<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati<br />

wetu <strong>wa</strong>naonekana ku<strong>wa</strong> ni wenye kuikusanya elimu yake.<br />

Amechangia mengi takriban katika matawi yote na vitovu vya<br />

elimu ya Kiislamu.<br />

Ma<strong>wa</strong>zo yake, fikra na maamuzi yameathiri k<strong>wa</strong> mapana nyanja<br />

tofauti za maisha ya Kiislamu.<br />

Shaykh-ul-Islaam <strong>al</strong>iku<strong>wa</strong> ni mwenye kuzikamata vyema dhana<br />

na imani za madhehebu tofauti ya Kiislamu na h<strong>al</strong>ikadh<strong>al</strong>ika<br />

Ukiristo. Ndani ya kazi zake, amechukua ilani makini katika imani<br />

zote hizi na kunyofoa kutokana nazo Imani sahihi na bora na<br />

kuufundisha Uislamu.<br />

Ibn Taymiyyah amejenga mazingira ya kimapinduzi ya kifikra<br />

kupitia mapote yote mawili; fikra zake na jitihada zake za<br />

uhuishaji ambayo athari yake yanahisi<strong>wa</strong> sio tu k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong>ke<br />

lakini tokea enzi hizo hadi leo. Katika <strong>wa</strong>kati <strong>wa</strong>ke, <strong>wa</strong>tu<br />

<strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>megawika aidha katika <strong>wa</strong>le ambao <strong>wa</strong>liku<strong>wa</strong> ni<br />

<strong>wa</strong>pinzani wenye nguvu au <strong>wa</strong>fuasi wenye nguvu ambao k<strong>wa</strong><br />

ukamilifu <strong>wa</strong>memkub<strong>al</strong>i, au <strong>wa</strong>siojikub<strong>al</strong>isha, ambao <strong>wa</strong>likub<strong>al</strong>i<br />

baadhi ya ma<strong>wa</strong>zo na kukataa baadhi. Ibn Taymiyyah ameacha<br />

nyuma idadi kub<strong>wa</strong> kabisa ya vitabu na ustaarabu. Wapinzani<br />

85


<strong>wa</strong>ke ghafla <strong>wa</strong>kazama kwenye kutojulikana, h<strong>al</strong>i ya ku<strong>wa</strong> hadhi<br />

na kukub<strong>al</strong>ika k<strong>wa</strong> kazi zake kumeongezeka.<br />

Katika maisha yake, umaarufu <strong>wa</strong> Ibn Taymiyyah na taathira<br />

ulienea zaidi ya mipaka ya Misri na Syria. Alipofung<strong>wa</strong> k<strong>wa</strong> mara<br />

ya mwisho ndani ya jela ya Damascus, barua nyingi zilikuja<br />

kutoka k<strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>kaazi <strong>wa</strong> Baghdad <strong>wa</strong>kipinga dhidi ya kukamat<strong>wa</strong><br />

k<strong>wa</strong>ke na kutaka kuachi<strong>wa</strong> huru. Alipokufa, s<strong>wa</strong>lah ya maziko<br />

ilifanyika katika kila ardhi <strong>wa</strong>liosikia kifo chake.<br />

Iliku<strong>wa</strong> ni muhimu kuandika kuhusiana na mtu huyu mkub<strong>wa</strong>;<br />

M<strong>wa</strong>nachuoni mkub<strong>wa</strong> <strong>al</strong>iyeishi baada ya vizazi vitatu bora,<br />

kizazi cha <strong>wa</strong>rithi <strong>wa</strong> <strong>wa</strong>ongofu (S<strong>al</strong>af as-S<strong>wa</strong><strong>al</strong>ih).<br />

Vyanzo Vikuu<br />

Qur-aan<br />

Hadiyth<br />

MAREJEO<br />

Muhammad Taqiyud-Diyn <strong>al</strong>-Hil<strong>al</strong>i na Dr. Muhsin Khan, Qur-aan<br />

Tukufu – Tafsiri K<strong>wa</strong> Kiingerea ‘The Noble Qur-aan’, English<br />

Translation of the Meanings and Commentary, (KING FAHD<br />

COMPLEX FOR THE PRINTING OF THE HOLY QUR-AAN,<br />

Madinah, K.S.A.)<br />

86


Al-Bazzaar, <strong>al</strong>-Haafidh Abu Hafs ‘Umar Ibn ‘Aliy. Al-A'laam <strong>al</strong>-<br />

'Aliyyah Fiy Manaaqib Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-lslaam Ibn Taymiyyah, tahqiyq ya<br />

Zuhayr ash-Shaawiysh, toleo la tatu, 1400H, <strong>al</strong>-Maktab <strong>al</strong>-Islaamiy,<br />

Beirut.<br />

Al-Bazzaar, <strong>al</strong>-Haafidh Abu Hafs ‘Umar Ibn ‘Aliy: Sifa Bora za Ibn<br />

Taymiyyah ‘The Lofty Virtues of Ibn Taymiyyah’, kilichofasiri<strong>wa</strong> na<br />

Abu Sabaaya.<br />

Al-Bukhaariy, toleo la mtandao, URL<br />

(http://www.Sahih<strong>al</strong>bukhari.com/sps/sbk/)<br />

Al-Miqriyziy, As-Suluuk li Ma'rifah Du<strong>wa</strong>l <strong>al</strong>-Muluuk, tahqiyq ya<br />

Musfafaa Ziyaadah, chapa ya pili ya 1957, Matba'ah Lajnah at-T<strong>al</strong>iif<br />

<strong>wa</strong> at-Tarjamah, Cairo.<br />

Ibn ‘Abdil-Haadiy, Al-‘Uquud ad-Duriyyah, Matba’ Hijazi, Cairo<br />

Ibraahiym Muhammad <strong>al</strong>-‘Aliy, Shaykh <strong>al</strong>-Islaam Ahmad Ibn<br />

Taymiyyah Rajul <strong>al</strong>-Islaah <strong>wa</strong> ad-Da’<strong>wa</strong>h, 2000, Daar <strong>al</strong>-Q<strong>al</strong>am,<br />

Damascus<br />

Ibn Kathiyr, <strong>al</strong>-Haafidh Abi Fidaa Ismaa’iyl, <strong>al</strong>-Bidaayah <strong>wa</strong>n-<br />

Nihaayah, toleo la m<strong>wa</strong>nzo 1421H, daar <strong>al</strong>-Manaaar, Cairo.<br />

Ibn Naasir ad-Diyn ad-Dimashqiy, Ar-Radd <strong>al</strong>-Waafir '<strong>al</strong>aa man<br />

za'ama bi anna man sammaa Ibn Taymiyyah Shaykhul- Islaam Kaafir,<br />

tahqiyq ya Zuhayr ash-Shaawiysh, toleo la m<strong>wa</strong>nzo, 1400H, <strong>al</strong>-<br />

Maktab <strong>al</strong>-Islaamiy, Beirut.<br />

Ibn <strong>al</strong>-Qayyim, Al-Waabil as-Sayyib, Daar <strong>al</strong>-Bayaan.<br />

Ibn Taymiyyah, Al-Ja<strong>wa</strong>ab as-S<strong>wa</strong>hiyh li man Badd<strong>al</strong>a Diyn <strong>al</strong>-Masiyh,<br />

kilichochap<strong>wa</strong> chini ya usimamizi <strong>wa</strong> 'Aliy as-Subh <strong>al</strong>-Madaniy,<br />

Matba'ah <strong>al</strong>-Madaniy, Cairo.<br />

Barua ya Ibn Taymiyyah kutoka Jela ‘Ibn Taymeeyah’ Letter from the<br />

Prison’, iliyochaguli<strong>wa</strong> na kutole<strong>wa</strong> utangulizi na Muhammad <strong>al</strong>-<br />

’Abdah na kufasiri<strong>wa</strong> na Abu Ammar, toleo la m<strong>wa</strong>nzo 1998,<br />

kimechapish<strong>wa</strong> na kusambaz<strong>wa</strong> na Message of Islam, UK.<br />

87


Ibn Taymiyyah, Majmu’ <strong>al</strong>-Fataa<strong>wa</strong>a, toleo la m<strong>wa</strong>nzo 1421H, Daar<br />

<strong>al</strong>-Kutub <strong>al</strong>-‘Ilmiyyah, Beirut.<br />

Muhammad Ibn Ahmad Ibn 'Iyaas <strong>al</strong>-Hanafiy, Badaa'i' az-Zuhuur<br />

fiy Waqaa'i' ad-Duhuur, tahqiyq Muhammad Mustafaa, chapa ya pili<br />

1402H, <strong>al</strong>-Hay'ah <strong>al</strong> Misriyyah <strong>al</strong>-'Aamah lil-Kitaab, Cairo.<br />

Vyanzo Vidogo<br />

Abu Ameenah Bil<strong>al</strong> Philips, Mabadiliko na Maendeleo ya Fiqhi<br />

‘Evolution of Fiqh’, Internation<strong>al</strong> Islamic Publishing House, 2006<br />

Abu Rumaysah, Shaykh Al-Islaam Ibn Taymiyyah (RahimahuLlaah),<br />

URL<br />

http://www.<strong>al</strong>laahuakbar.net/scholars/Ibn_taymiyyah/Shaykh_<br />

<strong>al</strong>-<strong>islaam</strong>.htm<br />

Abu Saf<strong>wa</strong>an, Shaykh ul-Islâm ibn Taymiyyah, URL<br />

http://www.Sunnahonline.com/ilm/seerah/0047.htm<br />

Abu Zahra, Muhammad: Ibn Taymiyyah, Hayaatuhu <strong>wa</strong> ‘Aswruhu<br />

<strong>wa</strong> Araauhu <strong>wa</strong> Fiquhuhu, Cairo (1952).<br />

88

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!